Mirrors/msdfgen
0
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/Chlumsky/msdfgen.git synced 2026-01-18 17:11:23 +01:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Initial version of vcpkg-based build

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Chlumsky
2022-11-05 23:14:58 +01:00
parent 99559ac1db
commit 496b656d8a
353 changed files with 233 additions and 89194 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

4
.gitattributes vendored
View File

@@ -1,5 +1 @@
* text=auto
include/** linguist-vendored
lib/** linguist-vendored
freetype/** linguist-vendored
skia/** linguist-vendored

6
.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
/build/
/Debug/
/Release/
/Release OpenMP/
@@ -22,9 +23,6 @@
output.png
render.png
out/
build/
build_xcode/
skia/win32/
skia/win64/
/build_xcode/
/cmake-gen.bat
/line-ending-check.bat

85
CMakeLists.txt
View File

@@ -3,29 +3,50 @@ cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.15)
option(MSDFGEN_CORE_ONLY "Only build the core library with no dependencies" OFF)
option(MSDFGEN_BUILD_STANDALONE "Build the msdfgen standalone executable" ON)
option(MSDFGEN_USE_VCPKG "Use vcpkg package manager to link project dependencies" ON)
option(MSDFGEN_USE_OPENMP "Build with OpenMP support for multithreaded code" OFF)
option(MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11 "Build with C++11 enabled" ON)
option(MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA "Build with the Skia library" OFF)
option(MSDFGEN_INSTALL "Generate installation target" ON)
option(MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA "Build with the Skia library" ON)
option(MSDFGEN_INSTALL "Generate installation target" OFF)
if(MSDFGEN_CORE_ONLY AND MSDFGEN_BUILD_STANDALONE)
message(WARNING "Option MSDFGEN_CORE_ONLY ignored - extensions are required for standalone executable")
set(MSDFGEN_CORE_ONLY OFF)
endif()
if(MSDFGEN_CORE_ONLY AND MSDFGEN_USE_VCPKG)
message(STATUS "Option MSDFGEN_USE_VCPKG ignored due to MSDFGEN_CORE_ONLY - core has no dependencies")
set(MSDFGEN_USE_VCPKG OFF)
endif()
project(msdfgen VERSION 1.9 LANGUAGES CXX)
if(NOT CMAKE_MSVC_RUNTIME_LIBRARY)
set(CMAKE_MSVC_RUNTIME_LIBRARY "MultiThreaded$<$<CONFIG:Debug>:Debug>")
get_directory_property(MSDFGEN_HAS_PARENT PARENT_DIRECTORY)
if(MSDFGEN_HAS_PARENT)
set(CMAKE_MSVC_RUNTIME_LIBRARY ${CMAKE_MSVC_RUNTIME_LIBRARY} PARENT_SCOPE)
if(MSDFGEN_USE_VCPKG)
# Make sure that vcpkg toolchain file is set
if(NOT CMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE)
if(DEFINED ENV{VCPKG_ROOT})
set(CMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE "$ENV{VCPKG_ROOT}/scripts/buildsystems/vcpkg.cmake")
else()
message(SEND_ERROR "Vcpkg toolchain not configured. Either set VCPKG_ROOT environment variable or pass -DCMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE=VCPKG_ROOT/scripts/buildsystems/vcpkg.cmake to cmake")
endif()
endif()
# Default to statically linked vcpkg triplet on Windows
if(WIN32 AND NOT VCPKG_TARGET_TRIPLET)
if(${CMAKE_GENERATOR_PLATFORM} MATCHES "64$")
set(VCPKG_TARGET_TRIPLET "x64-windows-static")
elseif(${CMAKE_GENERATOR_PLATFORM} MATCHES "32$" OR ${CMAKE_GENERATOR_PLATFORM} STREQUAL "x86")
set(VCPKG_TARGET_TRIPLET "x86-windows-static")
else()
message(WARNING "Vcpkg triplet not explicitly specified and could not be deduced. Recommend using -DVCPKG_TARGET_TRIPLET=x86-windows-static or similar")
endif()
endif()
endif()
if(NOT TARGET Freetype::Freetype)
find_package(Freetype REQUIRED)
endif()
set(MSDFGEN_VERSION_MAJOR 1)
set(MSDFGEN_VERSION_MINOR 10)
set(MSDFGEN_VERSION_REVISION 0)
set(MSDFGEN_VERSION 1.10)
string(TIMESTAMP MSDFGEN_COPYRIGHT_YEAR "%Y")
project(msdfgen VERSION ${MSDFGEN_VERSION} LANGUAGES CXX)
file(GLOB_RECURSE MSDFGEN_CORE_HEADERS RELATIVE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} "core/*.h" "core/*.hpp")
file(GLOB_RECURSE MSDFGEN_CORE_SOURCES RELATIVE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} "core/*.cpp")
@@ -36,7 +57,14 @@ file(GLOB_RECURSE MSDFGEN_EXT_SOURCES RELATIVE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} "ext/
add_library(msdfgen-core "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/msdfgen.h" ${MSDFGEN_CORE_HEADERS} ${MSDFGEN_CORE_SOURCES})
add_library(msdfgen::msdfgen-core ALIAS msdfgen-core)
set_target_properties(msdfgen-core PROPERTIES PUBLIC_HEADER "${MSDFGEN_CORE_HEADERS}")
#set_property(TARGET msdfgen-core PROPERTY MSVC_RUNTIME_LIBRARY "MultiThreaded$<$<CONFIG:Debug>:Debug>")
set_property(TARGET msdfgen-core PROPERTY MSVC_RUNTIME_LIBRARY "MultiThreaded$<$<CONFIG:Debug>:Debug>")
target_compile_definitions(msdfgen-core PUBLIC
MSDFGEN_VERSION=${MSDFGEN_VERSION}
MSDFGEN_VERSION_MAJOR=${MSDFGEN_VERSION_MAJOR}
MSDFGEN_VERSION_MINOR=${MSDFGEN_VERSION_MINOR}
MSDFGEN_VERSION_REVISION=${MSDFGEN_VERSION_REVISION}
MSDFGEN_COPYRIGHT_YEAR=${MSDFGEN_COPYRIGHT_YEAR}
)
target_include_directories(msdfgen-core INTERFACE
$<INSTALL_INTERFACE:include/msdfgen>
$<BUILD_INTERFACE:${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/>
@@ -57,10 +85,22 @@ endif()
# Extensions library
if(NOT MSDFGEN_CORE_ONLY)
if(NOT TARGET Freetype::Freetype)
find_package(Freetype REQUIRED)
endif()
if(NOT TARGET tinyxml2::tinyxml2)
find_package(tinyxml2 REQUIRED)
endif()
if(NOT TARGET PNG::PNG)
find_package(PNG REQUIRED)
endif()
add_library(msdfgen-ext "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/msdfgen-ext.h" ${MSDFGEN_EXT_HEADERS} ${MSDFGEN_EXT_SOURCES})
add_library(msdfgen::msdfgen-ext ALIAS msdfgen-ext)
set_target_properties(msdfgen-ext PROPERTIES PUBLIC_HEADER "${MSDFGEN_EXT_HEADERS}")
target_link_libraries(msdfgen-ext PUBLIC msdfgen::msdfgen-core Freetype::Freetype)
set_property(TARGET msdfgen-ext PROPERTY MSVC_RUNTIME_LIBRARY "MultiThreaded$<$<CONFIG:Debug>:Debug>")
target_compile_definitions(msdfgen-ext PUBLIC MSDFGEN_USE_LIBPNG)
target_link_libraries(msdfgen-ext PRIVATE msdfgen::msdfgen-core Freetype::Freetype tinyxml2::tinyxml2 PNG::PNG)
target_include_directories(msdfgen-ext
PUBLIC
$<INSTALL_INTERFACE:include/msdfgen>
@@ -71,14 +111,16 @@ if(NOT MSDFGEN_CORE_ONLY)
set_property(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} PROPERTY VS_STARTUP_PROJECT msdfgen-ext)
if(MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA)
find_package(Skia REQUIRED)
if(NOT TARGET skia)
find_package(skia REQUIRED)
endif()
target_compile_definitions(msdfgen-ext PUBLIC MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA)
target_link_libraries(msdfgen-ext PUBLIC Skia::Skia)
target_link_libraries(msdfgen-ext PRIVATE skia)
endif()
add_library(msdfgen-all INTERFACE)
add_library(msdfgen::msdfgen ALIAS msdfgen-all)
target_link_libraries(msdfgen-all INTERFACE msdfgen::msdfgen-core msdfgen::msdfgen-ext)
add_library(msdfgen-full INTERFACE)
add_library(msdfgen::msdfgen ALIAS msdfgen-full)
target_link_libraries(msdfgen-full INTERFACE msdfgen::msdfgen-core msdfgen::msdfgen-ext)
endif()
# Standalone executable
@@ -89,7 +131,8 @@ if(MSDFGEN_BUILD_STANDALONE)
endif()
add_executable(msdfgen ${MSDFGEN_STANDALONE_SOURCES})
target_compile_definitions(msdfgen PUBLIC MSDFGEN_STANDALONE)
target_link_libraries(msdfgen PUBLIC msdfgen::msdfgen)
set_property(TARGET msdfgen PROPERTY MSVC_RUNTIME_LIBRARY "MultiThreaded$<$<CONFIG:Debug>:Debug>")
target_link_libraries(msdfgen PRIVATE msdfgen::msdfgen)
set_property(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} PROPERTY VS_STARTUP_PROJECT msdfgen)
endif()
@@ -138,7 +181,7 @@ if(MSDFGEN_INSTALL)
PUBLIC_HEADER DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_INCLUDEDIR}/msdfgen/ext
)
install(FILES "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/msdfgen-ext.h" DESTINATION include/msdfgen)
install(TARGETS msdfgen-all EXPORT msdfgenTargets)
install(TARGETS msdfgen-full EXPORT msdfgenTargets)
endif()
export(EXPORT msdfgenTargets NAMESPACE msdfgen:: FILE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/msdfgenTargets.cmake")

BIN
Msdfgen.aps
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
Msdfgen.rc
View File

Binary file not shown.

52
Msdfgen.sln
View File

@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00
# Visual Studio 14
VisualStudioVersion = 14.0.25420.1
MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "msdfgen", "msdfgen.vcxproj", "{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}"
EndProject
Global
GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
Debug Library|x64 = Debug Library|x64
Debug Library|x86 = Debug Library|x86
Debug|x64 = Debug|x64
Debug|x86 = Debug|x86
Release Library OpenMP|x64 = Release Library OpenMP|x64
Release Library OpenMP|x86 = Release Library OpenMP|x86
Release Library|x64 = Release Library|x64
Release Library|x86 = Release Library|x86
Release OpenMP|x64 = Release OpenMP|x64
Release OpenMP|x86 = Release OpenMP|x86
Release|x64 = Release|x64
Release|x86 = Release|x86
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Debug Library|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug Library|x64
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Debug Library|x64.Build.0 = Debug Library|x64
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Debug Library|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug Library|Win32
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Debug Library|x86.Build.0 = Debug Library|Win32
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release Library OpenMP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release Library OpenMP|x64
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release Library OpenMP|x64.Build.0 = Release Library OpenMP|x64
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release Library OpenMP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release Library OpenMP|Win32
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release Library OpenMP|x86.Build.0 = Release Library OpenMP|Win32
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release Library|x64.ActiveCfg = Release Library|x64
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release Library|x64.Build.0 = Release Library|x64
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release Library|x86.ActiveCfg = Release Library|Win32
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release Library|x86.Build.0 = Release Library|Win32
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release OpenMP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release OpenMP|x64
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release OpenMP|x64.Build.0 = Release OpenMP|x64
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release OpenMP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release OpenMP|Win32
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release OpenMP|x86.Build.0 = Release OpenMP|Win32
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|Win32
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
HideSolutionNode = FALSE
EndGlobalSection
EndGlobal

537
Msdfgen.vcxproj
View File

@@ -1,537 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="14.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup Label="ProjectConfigurations">
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug Library|Win32">
<Configuration>Debug Library</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug Library|x64">
<Configuration>Debug Library</Configuration>
<Platform>x64</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug|Win32">
<Configuration>Debug</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release Library OpenMP|Win32">
<Configuration>Release Library OpenMP</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release Library OpenMP|x64">
<Configuration>Release Library OpenMP</Configuration>
<Platform>x64</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release Library|Win32">
<Configuration>Release Library</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release Library|x64">
<Configuration>Release Library</Configuration>
<Platform>x64</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release OpenMP|Win32">
<Configuration>Release OpenMP</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release OpenMP|x64">
<Configuration>Release OpenMP</Configuration>
<Platform>x64</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release|Win32">
<Configuration>Release</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug|x64">
<Configuration>Debug</Configuration>
<Platform>x64</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release|x64">
<Configuration>Release</Configuration>
<Platform>x64</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
</ItemGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="Globals">
<ProjectGuid>{84BE2D91-F071-4151-BE12-61460464C494}</ProjectGuid>
<RootNamespace>msdfgen</RootNamespace>
<WindowsTargetPlatformVersion>8.1</WindowsTargetPlatformVersion>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.Default.props" />
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>Application</ConfigurationType>
<UseDebugLibraries>true</UseDebugLibraries>
<PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug Library|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<UseDebugLibraries>true</UseDebugLibraries>
<PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>Application</ConfigurationType>
<UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>
<PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release OpenMP|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>Application</ConfigurationType>
<UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>
<PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>
<PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library OpenMP|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>
<PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>Application</ConfigurationType>
<UseDebugLibraries>true</UseDebugLibraries>
<PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug Library|x64'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<UseDebugLibraries>true</UseDebugLibraries>
<PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>Application</ConfigurationType>
<UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>
<PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release OpenMP|x64'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>Application</ConfigurationType>
<UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>
<PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library|x64'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>
<PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library OpenMP|x64'" Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>
<PlatformToolset>v140</PlatformToolset>
<WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
<CharacterSet>MultiByte</CharacterSet>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.props" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionSettings">
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Label="Shared">
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets" Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug Library|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets" Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release OpenMP|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library OpenMP|Win32'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets" Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug Library|x64'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets" Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release OpenMP|x64'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library|x64'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library OpenMP|x64'" Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
</ImportGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros" />
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">
<TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
<OutDir>$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug Library|Win32'">
<TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
<OutDir>$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">
<TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
<OutDir>bin\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release OpenMP|Win32'">
<TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
<OutDir>$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library|Win32'">
<TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
<OutDir>bin\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library OpenMP|Win32'">
<TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
<OutDir>$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library|x64'">
<TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
<OutDir>$(Platform)\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library OpenMP|x64'">
<TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
<OutDir>$(Platform)\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'">
<TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
<OutDir>$(Platform)\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'">
<TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
<OutDir>$(Platform)\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release OpenMP|x64'">
<TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
<OutDir>$(Platform)\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug Library|x64'">
<TargetName>msdfgen</TargetName>
<OutDir>$(Platform)\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<Optimization>Disabled</Optimization>
<SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA;MSDFGEN_STANDALONE;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreadedDebug</RuntimeLibrary>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;freetype/include;skia/include;skia/include/core;skia/include/config;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<SubSystem>Console</SubSystem>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>freetype/win$(PlatformArchitecture);skia/win$(PlatformArchitecture)/debug;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
<AdditionalDependencies>freetype.lib;skia.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies)</AdditionalDependencies>
</Link>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug Library|Win32'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<Optimization>Disabled</Optimization>
<SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreadedDebug</RuntimeLibrary>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;freetype/include;skia/include;skia/include/core;skia/include/config;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<SubSystem>Console</SubSystem>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>freetype;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
</Link>
<Lib>
<TargetMachine>MachineX86</TargetMachine>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>freetype/win$(PlatformArchitecture);skia/win$(PlatformArchitecture)/debug;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
</Lib>
<ProjectReference />
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<Optimization>Disabled</Optimization>
<SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;freetype/include;skia/include;skia/include/core;skia/include/config;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA;MSDFGEN_STANDALONE;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreadedDebug</RuntimeLibrary>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<SubSystem>Console</SubSystem>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>freetype/win$(PlatformArchitecture);skia/win$(PlatformArchitecture)/debug;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
<AdditionalDependencies>freetype.lib;skia.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies)</AdditionalDependencies>
</Link>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug Library|x64'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<Optimization>Disabled</Optimization>
<SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;freetype/include;skia/include;skia/include/core;skia/include/config;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreadedDebug</RuntimeLibrary>
</ClCompile>
<Lib>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>freetype/win$(PlatformArchitecture);skia/win$(PlatformArchitecture)/debug;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
</Lib>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>
<FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
<IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>
<SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA;MSDFGEN_STANDALONE;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreaded</RuntimeLibrary>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;freetype/include;skia/include;skia/include/core;skia/include/config;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
<OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
<SubSystem>Console</SubSystem>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>freetype/win$(PlatformArchitecture);skia/win$(PlatformArchitecture)/release;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
<GenerateDebugInformation>No</GenerateDebugInformation>
<AdditionalDependencies>freetype.lib;skia.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies)</AdditionalDependencies>
</Link>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release OpenMP|Win32'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>
<FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
<IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>
<SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA;MSDFGEN_USE_OPENMP;MSDFGEN_STANDALONE;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreaded</RuntimeLibrary>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;freetype/include;skia/include;skia/include/core;skia/include/config;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<OpenMPSupport>true</OpenMPSupport>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
<OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
<SubSystem>Console</SubSystem>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>freetype/win$(PlatformArchitecture);skia/win$(PlatformArchitecture)/release;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
<GenerateDebugInformation>No</GenerateDebugInformation>
<AdditionalDependencies>freetype.lib;skia.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies)</AdditionalDependencies>
</Link>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library|Win32'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>
<FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
<IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>
<SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreaded</RuntimeLibrary>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;freetype/include;skia/include;skia/include/core;skia/include/config;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
<OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
<SubSystem>Console</SubSystem>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>lib;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
<GenerateDebugInformation>No</GenerateDebugInformation>
</Link>
<Lib>
<TargetMachine>MachineX86</TargetMachine>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>freetype/win$(PlatformArchitecture);skia/win$(PlatformArchitecture)/release;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
</Lib>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library OpenMP|Win32'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>
<FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
<IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>
<SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA;MSDFGEN_USE_OPENMP;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreaded</RuntimeLibrary>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;freetype/include;skia/include;skia/include/core;skia/include/config;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<OpenMPSupport>true</OpenMPSupport>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
<OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
<SubSystem>Console</SubSystem>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>lib;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
<GenerateDebugInformation>No</GenerateDebugInformation>
</Link>
<Lib>
<TargetMachine>MachineX86</TargetMachine>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>freetype/win$(PlatformArchitecture);skia/win$(PlatformArchitecture)/release;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
</Lib>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>
<FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
<IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>
<SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;freetype/include;skia/include;skia/include/core;skia/include/config;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA;MSDFGEN_STANDALONE;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreaded</RuntimeLibrary>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
<OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
<SubSystem>Console</SubSystem>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>freetype/win$(PlatformArchitecture);skia/win$(PlatformArchitecture)/release;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
<GenerateDebugInformation>false</GenerateDebugInformation>
<AdditionalDependencies>freetype.lib;skia.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies)</AdditionalDependencies>
</Link>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release OpenMP|x64'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>
<FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
<IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>
<SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;freetype/include;skia/include;skia/include/core;skia/include/config;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA;MSDFGEN_STANDALONE;MSDFGEN_USE_OPENMP;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreaded</RuntimeLibrary>
<OpenMPSupport>true</OpenMPSupport>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
<OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
<SubSystem>Console</SubSystem>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>freetype/win$(PlatformArchitecture);skia/win$(PlatformArchitecture)/release;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
<GenerateDebugInformation>false</GenerateDebugInformation>
<AdditionalDependencies>freetype.lib;skia.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies)</AdditionalDependencies>
</Link>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library|x64'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>
<FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
<IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>
<SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;freetype/include;skia/include;skia/include/core;skia/include/config;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreaded</RuntimeLibrary>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
<OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
</Link>
<Lib>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>freetype/win$(PlatformArchitecture);skia/win$(PlatformArchitecture)/release;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
</Lib>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release Library OpenMP|x64'">
<ClCompile>
<WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
<Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>
<FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
<IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>
<SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>include;freetype/include;skia/include;skia/include/core;skia/include/config;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>MSDFGEN_USE_CPP11;MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA;MSDFGEN_USE_OPENMP;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreaded</RuntimeLibrary>
<OpenMPSupport>true</OpenMPSupport>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
<OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
</Link>
<Lib>
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>freetype/win$(PlatformArchitecture);skia/win$(PlatformArchitecture)/release;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
</Lib>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="core\arithmetics.hpp" />
<ClInclude Include="core\bitmap-interpolation.hpp" />
<ClInclude Include="core\Bitmap.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\Bitmap.hpp" />
<ClInclude Include="core\BitmapRef.hpp" />
<ClInclude Include="core\contour-combiners.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\Contour.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\edge-coloring.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\edge-segments.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\edge-selectors.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\EdgeColor.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\EdgeHolder.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\equation-solver.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\generator-config.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\msdf-error-correction.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\MSDFErrorCorrection.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\Projection.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\sdf-error-estimation.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\pixel-conversion.hpp" />
<ClInclude Include="core\rasterization.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\render-sdf.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\save-bmp.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\save-tiff.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\Scanline.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\shape-description.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\Shape.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\ShapeDistanceFinder.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\ShapeDistanceFinder.hpp" />
<ClInclude Include="core\SignedDistance.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\Vector2.h" />
<ClInclude Include="ext\import-font.h" />
<ClInclude Include="ext\import-svg.h" />
<ClInclude Include="ext\resolve-shape-geometry.h" />
<ClInclude Include="ext\save-png.h" />
<ClInclude Include="msdfgen-ext.h" />
<ClInclude Include="msdfgen.h" />
<ClInclude Include="resource.h" />
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="core\contour-combiners.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\Contour.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\edge-coloring.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\edge-segments.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\edge-selectors.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\EdgeHolder.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\equation-solver.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\msdf-error-correction.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\MSDFErrorCorrection.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\Projection.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\sdf-error-estimation.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\rasterization.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\render-sdf.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\save-bmp.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\save-tiff.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\Scanline.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\shape-description.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\Shape.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\SignedDistance.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\Vector2.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="ext\import-font.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="ext\import-svg.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="ext\resolve-shape-geometry.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="ext\save-png.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="lib\lodepng.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="lib\tinyxml2.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="main.cpp" />
<ClCompile Include="core\msdfgen.cpp" />
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ResourceCompile Include="msdfgen.rc" />
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<Image Include="icon.ico" />
</ItemGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.targets" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionTargets">
</ImportGroup>
</Project>

229
Msdfgen.vcxproj.filters
View File

@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup>
<Filter Include="Resource Files">
<UniqueIdentifier>{67DA6AB6-F800-4c08-8B7A-83BB121AAD01}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>rc;ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe;resx;tiff;tif;png;wav;mfcribbon-ms</Extensions>
</Filter>
<Filter Include="Core">
<UniqueIdentifier>{110bf5de-0605-40a4-92b4-68ca012d572f}</UniqueIdentifier>
</Filter>
<Filter Include="Extensions">
<UniqueIdentifier>{8abe3d60-6507-4ee1-8d4f-eab2c43a3220}</UniqueIdentifier>
</Filter>
<Filter Include="Standalone">
<UniqueIdentifier>{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}</UniqueIdentifier>
<Extensions>cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx</Extensions>
</Filter>
<Filter Include="Source Dependencies">
<UniqueIdentifier>{42db228a-5d46-439c-ad30-7595a74d635f}</UniqueIdentifier>
</Filter>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="core\arithmetics.hpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\Bitmap.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\Contour.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\EdgeColor.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\edge-coloring.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\EdgeHolder.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\edge-segments.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\equation-solver.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="msdfgen.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\render-sdf.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\save-bmp.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\Shape.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\shape-description.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\Vector2.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\SignedDistance.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="msdfgen-ext.h">
<Filter>Extensions</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="ext\save-png.h">
<Filter>Extensions</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="ext\import-svg.h">
<Filter>Extensions</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="ext\import-font.h">
<Filter>Extensions</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="resource.h" />
<ClInclude Include="core\Scanline.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\contour-combiners.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\edge-selectors.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\rasterization.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\BitmapRef.hpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\Bitmap.hpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\pixel-conversion.hpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\save-tiff.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\bitmap-interpolation.hpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\ShapeDistanceFinder.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\ShapeDistanceFinder.hpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\sdf-error-estimation.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\msdf-error-correction.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="ext\resolve-shape-geometry.h">
<Filter>Extensions</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\Projection.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\generator-config.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
<ClInclude Include="core\MSDFErrorCorrection.h">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClInclude>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClCompile Include="main.cpp">
<Filter>Standalone</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\Contour.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\edge-coloring.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\EdgeHolder.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\edge-segments.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\equation-solver.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="ext\import-font.cpp">
<Filter>Extensions</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="ext\import-svg.cpp">
<Filter>Extensions</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\render-sdf.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\save-bmp.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="ext\save-png.cpp">
<Filter>Extensions</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\Shape.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\shape-description.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\SignedDistance.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\Vector2.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="lib\lodepng.cpp">
<Filter>Source Dependencies</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="lib\tinyxml2.cpp">
<Filter>Source Dependencies</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\msdfgen.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\Scanline.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\contour-combiners.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\edge-selectors.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\rasterization.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\save-tiff.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\sdf-error-estimation.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\msdf-error-correction.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="ext\resolve-shape-geometry.cpp">
<Filter>Extensions</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\Projection.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
<ClCompile Include="core\MSDFErrorCorrection.cpp">
<Filter>Core</Filter>
</ClCompile>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ResourceCompile Include="msdfgen.rc">
<Filter>Resource Files</Filter>
</ResourceCompile>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<Image Include="icon.ico">
<Filter>Resource Files</Filter>
</Image>
</ItemGroup>
</Project>

1
bin/example.bat
View File

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
msdfgen.exe -defineshape "{ 1471,0; 1149,0; 1021,333; 435,333; 314,0; 0,0; 571,1466; 884,1466; # }{ 926,580; 724,1124; 526,580; # }" -size 16 16 -autoframe -testrender render.png 1024 1024

4
ext/resolve-shape-geometry.cpp
View File

@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA
#include <core/SkPath.h>
#include <pathops/SkPathOps.h>
#include <skia/core/SkPath.h>
#include <skia/pathops/SkPathOps.h>
#include "../core/Vector2.h"
#include "../core/edge-segments.h"
#include "../core/Contour.h"

109
ext/save-png.cpp
View File

@@ -1,10 +1,115 @@
#include "save-png.h"
#include <cstdlib>
#include <cstdio>
#include <cstring>
#include <lodepng.h>
#include <vector>
#include "../core/pixel-conversion.hpp"
#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_LIBPNG
#include <png.h>
namespace msdfgen {
class PngGuard {
png_structp png;
png_infop info;
FILE *file;
public:
inline PngGuard(png_structp png, png_infop info) : png(png), info(info), file(NULL) { }
inline ~PngGuard() {
png_destroy_write_struct(&png, &info);
fclose(file);
}
inline void setFile(FILE *file) {
this->file = file;
}
};
static void pngIgnoreError(png_structp, png_const_charp) { }
static void pngWrite(png_structp png, png_bytep data, png_size_t length) {
if (fwrite(data, 1, length, reinterpret_cast<FILE *>(png_get_io_ptr(png))) != length)
png_error(png, "File write error");
}
static void pngFlush(png_structp png) {
fflush(reinterpret_cast<FILE *>(png_get_io_ptr(png)));
}
static bool pngSave(const byte *pixels, int width, int height, int channels, int colorType, const char *filename) {
if (!(pixels && width && height))
return false;
png_structp png = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, NULL, &pngIgnoreError, &pngIgnoreError);
if (!png)
return false;
png_infop info = png_create_info_struct(png);
PngGuard guard(png, info);
if (!info)
return false;
FILE *file = fopen(filename, "wb");
if (!file)
return false;
guard.setFile(file);
std::vector<const byte *> rows(height);
for (int y = 0; y < height; ++y)
rows[y] = pixels+channels*width*(height-y-1);
if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png)))
return false;
png_set_write_fn(png, file, &pngWrite, &pngFlush);
png_set_IHDR(png, info, width, height, 8, colorType, PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT);
png_set_compression_level(png, 9);
png_set_rows(png, info, const_cast<png_bytepp>(&rows[0]));
png_write_png(png, info, PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY, NULL);
return true;
}
static bool pngSave(const float *pixels, int width, int height, int channels, int colorType, const char *filename) {
if (!(pixels && width && height))
return false;
int subpixels = channels*width*height;
std::vector<byte> bytePixels(subpixels);
for (int i = 0; i < subpixels; ++i)
bytePixels[i] = pixelFloatToByte(pixels[i]);
return pngSave(&bytePixels[0], width, height, channels, colorType, filename);
}
bool savePng(const BitmapConstRef<byte, 1> &bitmap, const char *filename) {
return pngSave(bitmap.pixels, bitmap.width, bitmap.height, 1, PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY, filename);
}
bool savePng(const BitmapConstRef<byte, 3> &bitmap, const char *filename) {
return pngSave(bitmap.pixels, bitmap.width, bitmap.height, 3, PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB, filename);
}
bool savePng(const BitmapConstRef<byte, 4> &bitmap, const char *filename) {
return pngSave(bitmap.pixels, bitmap.width, bitmap.height, 4, PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA, filename);
}
bool savePng(const BitmapConstRef<float, 1> &bitmap, const char *filename) {
return pngSave(bitmap.pixels, bitmap.width, bitmap.height, 1, PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY, filename);
}
bool savePng(const BitmapConstRef<float, 3> &bitmap, const char *filename) {
return pngSave(bitmap.pixels, bitmap.width, bitmap.height, 3, PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB, filename);
}
bool savePng(const BitmapConstRef<float, 4> &bitmap, const char *filename) {
return pngSave(bitmap.pixels, bitmap.width, bitmap.height, 4, PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA, filename);
}
}
#endif
#ifdef MSDFGEN_USE_LODEPNG
#include <lodepng.h>
namespace msdfgen {
bool savePng(const BitmapConstRef<byte, 1> &bitmap, const char *filename) {
@@ -63,3 +168,5 @@ bool savePng(const BitmapConstRef<float, 4> &bitmap, const char *filename) {
}
}
#endif

169
freetype/FTL.TXT
View File

@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
The FreeType Project LICENSE
----------------------------
2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
============
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages;
some of them may contain, in addition to the FreeType font engine,
various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the
FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and
which do not fall under their own explicit license. The license
affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs,
documentation and makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG
(Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which all encourage inclusion
and use of free software in commercial and freeware products
alike. As a consequence, its main points are that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be
interested in any kind of bug reports. (`as is' distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or
full form, without having to pay us. (`royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use
it, or only parts of it, in a program, you must acknowledge
somewhere in your documentation that you have used the
FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this
software, with or without modifications, in commercial products.
We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and
assume no liability related to The FreeType Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a
credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this license. We thus
encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you
actually use.
Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
--------------
Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project',
and `FreeType archive' refer to the set of files originally
distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and
Werner Lemberg) as the `FreeType Project', be they named as alpha,
beta or final release.
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where
`using' is a generic term including compiling the project's source
code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.
This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType
engine'.
This license applies to all files distributed in the original
FreeType Project, including all source code, binaries and
documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its
original, unmodified form as distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by
this license, you must contact us to verify this.
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner,
Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. All rights reserved except as
specified below.
1. No Warranty
--------------
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO
USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
-----------------
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and
irrevocable right and license to use, execute, perform, compile,
display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and
sublicense the FreeType Project (in both source and object code
forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to
authorize others to exercise some or all of the rights granted
herein, subject to the following conditions:
o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file
(`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions or changes to
the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying
documentation. The copyright notices of the unaltered,
original files must be preserved in all copies of source
files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that
states that the software is based in part of the work of the
FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also
encourage you to put an URL to the FreeType web page in your
documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on
the FreeType Project, not just the unmodified files. If you use
our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid
to us.
3. Advertising
--------------
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use
the name of the other for commercial, advertising, or promotional
purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the
following phrases to refer to this software in your documentation
or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine',
`FreeType library', or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to
accept it. However, as the FreeType Project is copyrighted
material, only this license, or another one contracted with the
authors, grants you the right to use, distribute, and modify it.
Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType
Project, you indicate that you understand and accept all the terms
of this license.
4. Contacts
-----------
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
o freetype@nongnu.org
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as
future and wanted additions to the library and distribution.
If you are looking for support, start in this list if you
haven't found anything to help you in the documentation.
o freetype-devel@nongnu.org
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues,
specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT ---

571
freetype/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
View File

@@ -1,571 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftconfig.h */
/* */
/* ANSI-specific configuration file (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
/* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */
/* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */
/* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */
/* compiler. */
/* */
/* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */
/* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */
/* */
/* The build directory is usually `builds/<system>', and contains */
/* system-specific files that are always included first when building */
/* the library. */
/* */
/* This ANSI version should stay in `include/config/'. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_
#define FTCONFIG_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */
/* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */
/* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */
/* `builds/<system>' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
/* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */
/* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */
/* is probably unexpected. */
/* */
/* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */
/* `char' type. */
#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#endif
/* The size of an `int' type. */
#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 16 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
#endif
/* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
/* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
#endif
/* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */
/* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */
/* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */
/* porter should need to mess with them. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Mac support */
/* */
/* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */
/* providing a new configuration file. */
/* */
#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
/* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
/* AvailabilityMacros.h is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
/* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion */
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#endif
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
#undef FT_MACINTOSH
#endif
#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
/* Classic MacOS compilers */
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#endif
/* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
#pragma set woff 3505
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Int16;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
/* */
/* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
#if 0
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int64 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
/* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
/* */
typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt64 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
/* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
/* */
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt64;
/* */
#endif
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
typedef signed int FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
typedef signed long FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
#else
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
#endif
/* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
typedef int FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
typedef long FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
#endif
/* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
/* Autoconf */
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
/* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile */
/* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data */
/* types if __STDC__ is defined. You can however ignore this rule */
/* by defining the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */
/* */
#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
/* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
/* to test the compiler version. */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
/* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
/* GCC provides the `long long' type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */
#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) */
#ifdef FT_LONG64
typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
typedef FT_UINT64 FT_UInt64;
#endif
#ifdef _WIN64
/* only 64bit Windows uses the LLP64 data model, i.e., */
/* 32bit integers, 64bit pointers */
#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned __int64)(x)
#else
#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned long)(x)
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* miscellaneous */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
/* typeof condition taken from gnulib's `intprops.h' header file */
#if ( ( defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 2 ) || \
( defined( __IBMC__ ) && __IBMC__ >= 1210 && \
defined( __IBM__TYPEOF__ ) ) || \
( defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x5110 && !__STDC__ ) )
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) ( __typeof__ ( type ) )
#else
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) /* empty */
#endif
/* Use FT_LOCAL and FT_LOCAL_DEF to declare and define, respectively, */
/* a function that gets used only within the scope of a module. */
/* Normally, both the header and source code files for such a */
/* function are within a single module directory. */
/* */
/* Intra-module arrays should be tagged with FT_LOCAL_ARRAY and */
/* FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY( x ) extern const x
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF( x ) const x
/* Use FT_BASE and FT_BASE_DEF to declare and define, respectively, */
/* functions that are used in more than a single module. In the */
/* current setup this implies that the declaration is in a header */
/* file in the `include/freetype/internal' directory, and the */
/* function body is in a file in `src/base'. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_BASE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE */
#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#else
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
/* When compiling FreeType as a DLL or DSO with hidden visibility */
/* some systems/compilers need a special attribute in front OR after */
/* the return type of function declarations. */
/* */
/* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
/* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function declaration, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function definition, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
/* { */
/* ... some code ... */
/* return FT_Err_Ok; */
/* } */
/* */
/* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. */
/* */
/* To export a variable, use FT_EXPORT_VAR. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#if defined( _WIN32 ) && ( defined( _DLL ) || defined( DLL_EXPORT ) )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __declspec( dllexport ) x
#elif defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 4
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __attribute__(( visibility( "default" ) )) x
#elif defined( __cplusplus )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#else
#if defined( FT2_DLLIMPORT )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __declspec( dllimport ) x
#elif defined( __cplusplus )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
/* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
/* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
/* */
/* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
/* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
/* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
/* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
/* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function, */
/* located in the same source code file as the structure that uses */
/* it. */
/* */
/* FT_BASE_CALLBACK and FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF are used to declare */
/* and define a callback function, respectively, in a similar way */
/* as FT_BASE and FT_BASE_DEF work. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
/* contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
/* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* */
/* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
/* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
#ifndef FT_BASE_CALLBACK
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x ) extern x
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_BASE_CALLBACK */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */
/* END */

804
freetype/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h
View File

@@ -1,804 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftheader.h */
/* */
/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTHEADER_H_
#define FTHEADER_H_
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_END_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Header File Macros */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */
/* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */
/* statements as in: */
/* */
/* { */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */
/* #include FT_GLYPH_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */
/* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */
/* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */
/* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */
/* */
/* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */
/* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* configuration files */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif
/* */
/* public headers */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FREETYPE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* base FreeType~2 API.
*
*/
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYSTEM_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
* and stream i/o).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
* scan-converter parameters).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LIST_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list management API of FreeType~2.
*
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
*
*/
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OUTLINE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SIZES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
*
*/
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_RENDER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the driver modules.
*
*/
#define FT_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftdriver.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
*
* Deprecated since version 2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version 2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version 2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PCF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the PCF driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version 2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_PCF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BDF_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CID_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GZIP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LZW_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BZIP2_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_WINFONTS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
*
*/
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GLYPH_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional glyph management component.
*
*/
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BITMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
*
*/
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BBOX_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
*
*/
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAC_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access
* fonts embedded in resource forks.
*
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
*
*/
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
* GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
*
*/
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
* mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
*
*/
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PFR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
*
*/
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_STROKER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
*/
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
*/
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats.
*/
#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H <freetype/ftfntfmt.h>
/* deprecated */
#define FT_XFREE86_H FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
* cosines and arc tangents).
*/
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading.
*/
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GASP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
*/
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ADVANCES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
/* */
/* These header files don't need to be included by the user. */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
#define FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
/* Deprecated macros. */
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
/* FT_CACHE_H is the only header file needed for the cache subsystem. */
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
/* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
/* no rogue client that uses them. */
/* */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H FT_CACHE_H
/*
* Include internal headers definitions from <internal/...>
* only when building the library.
*/
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */
/* END */

32
freetype/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
View File

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
/*
* This file registers the FreeType modules compiled into the library.
*
* If you use GNU make, this file IS NOT USED! Instead, it is created in
* the objects directory (normally `<topdir>/objs/') based on information
* from `<topdir>/modules.cfg'.
*
* Please read `docs/INSTALL.ANY' and `docs/CUSTOMIZE' how to compile
* FreeType without GNU make.
*
*/
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
/* EOF */

977
freetype/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
View File

@@ -1,977 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoption.h */
/* */
/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOPTION_H_
#define FTOPTION_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */
/* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */
/* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */
/* */
/* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */
/* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */
/* library from a single source directory. */
/* */
/* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */
/* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' */
/* is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType */
/* include path during compilation. */
/* */
/* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */
/* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */
/* that for your own projects. */
/* */
/* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */
/* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */
/* locate this file during the build. For example, */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */
/* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> */
/* */
/* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */
/* definitions. */
/* */
/* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */
/* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
/* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */
/* default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>. */
/* */
/* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*#***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* If you enable this configuration option, FreeType recognizes an */
/* environment variable called `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES', which can be used */
/* to control the various font drivers and modules. The controllable */
/* properties are listed in the section @properties. */
/* */
/* You have to undefine this configuration option on platforms that lack */
/* the concept of environment variables (and thus don't have the */
/* `getenv' function), for example Windows CE. */
/* */
/* `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' has the following syntax form (broken here into */
/* multiple lines for better readability). */
/* */
/* { */
/* <optional whitespace> */
/* <module-name1> ':' */
/* <property-name1> '=' <property-value1> */
/* <whitespace> */
/* <module-name2> ':' */
/* <property-name2> '=' <property-value2> */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* Example: */
/* */
/* FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \ */
/* cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \ */
/* autofitter:warping=1 */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate LCD rendering */
/* technology similar to ClearType in this build of the library. This */
/* technology triples the resolution in the direction color subpixels. */
/* To mitigate color fringes inherent to this technology, you also need */
/* to explicitly set up LCD filtering. */
/* */
/* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */
/* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */
/* When this macro is not defined, FreeType offers alternative LCD */
/* rendering technology that produces excellent output without LCD */
/* filtering. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */
/* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */
/* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */
/* */
/* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
/* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */
/* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */
/* */
/* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */
/* building the library. */
/* */
/* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */
/* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */
/* `configure' script on supported platforms. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */
/* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */
/* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */
/* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */
/* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */
/* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */
/* */
/* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
/* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* LZW-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */
/* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */
/* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
/* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */
/* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ZLib library selection */
/* */
/* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */
/* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */
/* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */
/* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */
/* */
/* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */
/* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */
/* included directly within the component and *not* export external */
/* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */
/* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure' script, */
/* options set by those programs have precendence, overwriting the */
/* value here with the configured one. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `bzip2' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c). */
/* Contrary to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use */
/* the system available bzip2 implementation. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure' script, */
/* options set by those programs have precendence, overwriting the */
/* value here with the configured one. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, FILE, */
/* fopen() etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded */
/* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without */
/* file stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not */
/* necessary such as memory loading of font files. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* PNG bitmap support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles loading color bitmap glyphs in the PNG format. */
/* This requires help from the external libpng library. Uncompressed */
/* color bitmaps do not need any external libraries and will be */
/* supported regardless of this configuration. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure' script, */
/* options set by those programs have precendence, overwriting the */
/* value here with the configured one. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_PNG */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* HarfBuzz support. */
/* */
/* FreeType uses the HarfBuzz library to improve auto-hinting of */
/* OpenType fonts. If available, many glyphs not directly addressable */
/* by a font's character map will be hinted also. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure' script, */
/* options set by those programs have precendence, overwriting the */
/* value here with the configured one. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Glyph Postscript Names handling */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */
/* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */
/* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */
/* use with the TrueType `post' table. */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */
/* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */
/* */
/* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */
/* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */
/* `post' table, but will not synthesize a missing Unicode charmap. */
/* */
/* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */
/* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */
/* */
/* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */
/* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */
/* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
/* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */
/* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */
/* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */
/* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */
/* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
/* fonts. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Support for Mac fonts */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */
/* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */
/* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */
/* */
/* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */
/* */
/* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */
/* GNU/Linux). */
/* */
/* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */
/* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */
/* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */
/* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */
/* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */
/* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */
/* names must be used. */
/* */
/* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
/* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */
/* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */
/* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */
/* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */
/* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */
/* to do all of its work. */
/* */
#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* FT_MAX_MODULES */
/* */
/* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */
/* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */
/* */
#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Debug level */
/* */
/* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */
/* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */
/* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */
/* execution. */
/* */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */
/* */
/* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Autofitter debugging */
/* */
/* If FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT is defined, FreeType provides some means to */
/* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global */
/* boolean variables (consequently, you should *never* enable this */
/* while compiling in `release' mode): */
/* */
/* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints */
/* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints */
/* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints */
/* */
/* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various */
/* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf'): */
/* */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_points */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges */
/* af_glyph_hints_get_num_segments */
/* af_glyph_hints_get_segment_offset */
/* */
/* As an argument, they use another global variable: */
/* */
/* _af_debug_hints */
/* */
/* Please have a look at the `ftgrid' demo program to see how those */
/* variables and macros should be used. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Memory Debugging */
/* */
/* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */
/* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */
/* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */
/* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */
/* */
/* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */
/* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Module errors */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */
/* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */
/* while the lower byte is the real error code. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */
/* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */
/* FreeType 2. */
/* */
/* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Position Independent Code */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */
/* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */
/* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */
/* code will be used. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */
/* fixups, such as BREW. [Note that standard compilers like gcc or */
/* clang handle PIC generation automatically; you don't have to set */
/* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC, which is only necessary for very special */
/* compilers.] */
/* */
/* Note that FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC support is not available for all */
/* modules (see `modules.cfg' for a complete list). For building with */
/* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC support, do the following. */
/* */
/* 0. Clone the repository. */
/* 1. Define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC. */
/* 2. Remove all subdirectories in `src' that don't have */
/* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC support. */
/* 3. Comment out the corresponding modules in `modules.cfg'. */
/* 4. Compile. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */
/* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */
/* TrueType & OpenType). */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */
/* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */
/* OpenType file. */
/* */
/* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */
/* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */
/* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */
/* */
/* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */
/* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */
/* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */
/* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */
/* does not contain any glyph name though. */
/* */
/* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */
/* `ftsnames.h'. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* TrueType CMap support */
/* */
/* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */
/* supported. */
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */
/* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */
/* */
/* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */
/* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */
/* define it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING if you want to compile */
/* subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This modifies the */
/* TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO is */
/* requested. */
/* */
/* In particular, it modifies the bytecode interpreter to interpret (or */
/* not) instructions in a certain way so that all TrueType fonts look */
/* like they do in a Windows ClearType (DirectWrite) environment. See */
/* [1] for a technical overview on what this means. See `ttinterp.h' */
/* for more details on the LEAN option. */
/* */
/* There are three possible values. */
/* */
/* Value 1: */
/* This value is associated with the `Infinality' moniker, */
/* contributed by an individual nicknamed Infinality with the goal of */
/* making TrueType fonts render better than on Windows. A high */
/* amount of configurability and flexibility, down to rules for */
/* single glyphs in fonts, but also very slow. Its experimental and */
/* slow nature and the original developer losing interest meant that */
/* this option was never enabled in default builds. */
/* */
/* The corresponding interpreter version is v38. */
/* */
/* Value 2: */
/* The new default mode for the TrueType driver. The Infinality code */
/* base was stripped to the bare minimum and all configurability */
/* removed in the name of speed and simplicity. The configurability */
/* was mainly aimed at legacy fonts like Arial, Times New Roman, or */
/* Courier. Legacy fonts are fonts that modify vertical stems to */
/* achieve clean black-and-white bitmaps. The new mode focuses on */
/* applying a minimal set of rules to all fonts indiscriminately so */
/* that modern and web fonts render well while legacy fonts render */
/* okay. */
/* */
/* The corresponding interpreter version is v40. */
/* */
/* Value 3: */
/* Compile both, making both v38 and v40 available (the latter is the */
/* default). */
/* */
/* By undefining these, you get rendering behavior like on Windows */
/* without ClearType, i.e., Windows XP without ClearType enabled and */
/* Win9x (interpreter version v35). Or not, depending on how much */
/* hinting blood and testing tears the font designer put into a given */
/* font. If you define one or both subpixel hinting options, you can */
/* switch between between v35 and the ones you define (using */
/* `FT_Property_Set'). */
/* */
/* This option requires TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER to be */
/* defined. */
/* */
/* [1] https://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx */
/* */
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING 1 */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING 2
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING ( 1 | 2 ) */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */
/* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */
/* component offsets in composite glyphs. */
/* */
/* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */
/* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */
/* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */
/* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */
/* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */
/* fonts will not have them. */
/* */
/* https://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm */
/* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */
/* */
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */
/* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */
/* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */
/* Masters support. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */
/* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Option TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES controls the maximum */
/* number of bytecode instructions executed for a single run of the */
/* bytecode interpreter, needed to prevent infinite loops. You don't */
/* want to change this except for very special situations (e.g., making */
/* a library fuzzer spend less time to handle broken fonts). */
/* */
/* It is not expected that this value is ever modified by a configuring */
/* script; instead, it gets surrounded with #ifndef ... #endif so that */
/* the value can be set as a preprocessor option on the compiler's */
/* command line. */
/* */
#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES 1000000L
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and */
/* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */
/* required. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */
/* calls during glyph loading. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */
/* minimum of 16 is required. */
/* */
/* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */
/* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
/* unable to produce kerning distances. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */
/* driver. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE controls whether the pre-Adobe Type 1 */
/* engine gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to */
/* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine' property of */
/* the type1 driver module. */
/* */
/* #define T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** C F F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Using CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_{X,Y}{1,2,3,4} it is */
/* possible to set up the default values of the four control points that */
/* define the stem darkening behaviour of the (new) CFF engine. For */
/* more details please read the documentation of the */
/* `darkening-parameters' property (file `ftdriver.h'), which allows the */
/* control at run-time. */
/* */
/* Do *not* undefine these macros! */
/* */
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 500
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 400
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 1000
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 1667
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 2333
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 0
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE controls whether the pre-Adobe CFF */
/* engine gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to */
/* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine' property of */
/* the cff driver module. */
/* */
/* #define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** P C F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* There are many PCF fonts just called `Fixed' which look completely */
/* different, and which have nothing to do with each other. When */
/* selecting `Fixed' in KDE or Gnome one gets results that appear rather */
/* random, the style changes often if one changes the size and one */
/* cannot select some fonts at all. This option makes the PCF module */
/* prepend the foundry name (plus a space) to the family name. */
/* */
/* We also check whether we have `wide' characters; all put together, we */
/* get family names like `Sony Fixed' or `Misc Fixed Wide'. */
/* */
/* If this option is activated, it can be controlled with the */
/* `no-long-family-names' property of the pcf driver module. */
/* */
/* #define PCF_CONFIG_OPTION_LONG_FAMILY_NAMES */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */
/* support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with fallback Indic script support, covering */
/* some scripts that the `latin' submodule of the autofit module doesn't */
/* (yet) handle. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping */
/* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension */
/* so that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the */
/* grid. To find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various */
/* parameter combinations are tried and scored. */
/* */
/* This experimental option is active only if the rendering mode is */
/* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT; you can switch warping on and off with the */
/* `warping' property of the auto-hinter (see file `ftdriver.h' for more */
/* information; by default it is switched off). */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Use TrueType-like size metrics for `light' auto-hinting. */
/* */
/* It is strongly recommended to avoid this option, which exists only to */
/* help some legacy applications retain its appearance and behaviour */
/* with respect to auto-hinted TrueType fonts. */
/* */
/* The very reason this option exists at all are GNU/Linux distributions */
/* like Fedora that did not un-patch the following change (which was */
/* present in FreeType between versions 2.4.6 and 2.7.1, inclusive). */
/* */
/* 2011-07-16 Steven Chu <steven.f.chu@gmail.com> */
/* */
/* [truetype] Fix metrics on size request for scalable fonts. */
/* */
/* This problematic commit is now reverted (more or less). */
/* */
/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_TT_SIZE_METRICS */
/* */
/*
* This macro is obsolete. Support has been removed in FreeType
* version 2.5.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
/*
* This macro is defined if native TrueType hinting is requested by the
* definitions above.
*/
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING
#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 1
#define TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_INFINALITY
#endif
#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 2
#define TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_MINIMAL
#endif
#endif
#endif
/*
* Check CFF darkening parameters. The checks are the same as in function
* `cff_property_set' in file `cffdrivr.c'.
*/
#if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 > 500
#error "Invalid CFF darkening parameters!"
#endif
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOPTION_H_ */
/* END */

175
freetype/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h
View File

@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstdlib.h */
/* */
/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */
/* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */
/* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */
/* */
/* Load a file which defines FTSTDLIB_H_ before this one to override it. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_
#define FTSTDLIB_H_
#include <stddef.h>
#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* integer limits */
/* */
/* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */
/* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */
/* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */
/* */
/* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */
/* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */
/* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */
/* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */
/* */
/* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */
/* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <limits.h>
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
#define FT_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
#define FT_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* character and string processing */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
#define ft_memchr memchr
#define ft_memcmp memcmp
#define ft_memcpy memcpy
#define ft_memmove memmove
#define ft_memset memset
#define ft_strcat strcat
#define ft_strcmp strcmp
#define ft_strcpy strcpy
#define ft_strlen strlen
#define ft_strncmp strncmp
#define ft_strncpy strncpy
#define ft_strrchr strrchr
#define ft_strstr strstr
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* file handling */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdio.h>
#define FT_FILE FILE
#define ft_fclose fclose
#define ft_fopen fopen
#define ft_fread fread
#define ft_fseek fseek
#define ft_ftell ftell
#define ft_sprintf sprintf
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* sorting */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
#define ft_qsort qsort
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* memory allocation */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_scalloc calloc
#define ft_sfree free
#define ft_smalloc malloc
#define ft_srealloc realloc
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* miscellaneous */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_strtol strtol
#define ft_getenv getenv
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* execution control */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <setjmp.h>
#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
/* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */
/* on certain platforms */
#define ft_longjmp longjmp
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
/* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
/* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */
/* END */

4657
freetype/include/freetype/freetype.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

187
freetype/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h
View File

@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftadvanc.h */
/* */
/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2008-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTADVANC_H_
#define FTADVANC_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* quick_advance
*
* @title:
* Quick retrieval of advance values
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
* glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @order:
* FT_Get_Advance
* FT_Get_Advances
*
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Const> */
/* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */
/* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */
/* */
/* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */
/* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */
/* quick advance computation. */
/* */
/* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */
/* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */
/* quickly. */
/* */
/* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, */
/* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */
/* comparison. */
/* */
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advance */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* gindex :: The glyph index. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */
/* of advances you need. */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on */
/* the value of `load_flags'), the advance value is in */
/* 16.16 format. Otherwise, it is in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */
/* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
/* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvance );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advances */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* start :: The first glyph index. */
/* */
/* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance values. This array, to be provided by the */
/* caller, must contain at least `count' elements. */
/* */
/* If scaling is performed (based on the value of */
/* `load_flags'), the advance values are in 16.16 format. */
/* Otherwise, they are in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */
/* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */
/* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */
/* @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt start,
FT_UInt count,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvances );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */
/* END */

101
freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h
View File

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbbox.h */
/* */
/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
/* boxes. */
/* */
/* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */
/* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBBOX_H_
#define FTBBOX_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */
/* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */
/* algorithm that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */
/* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bezier arcs are traversed to */
/* extract their extrema. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *abbox );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

210
freetype/include/freetype/ftbdf.h
View File

@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbdf.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBDF_H_
#define FTBDF_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BDF and PCF Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* BDF and PCF specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
/* and PCF fonts. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* BDF_PropertyType
*
* @description:
* A list of BDF property types.
*
* @values:
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
* Property is a string atom.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
{
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
} BDF_PropertyType;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @type:
* BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
* BDF/PCF property.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* BDF_PropertyRec
*
* @description:
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
*
* @fields:
* type ::
* The property type.
*
* u.atom ::
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be
* NULL, indicating an empty string.
*
* u.integer ::
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
*
* u.cardinal ::
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
{
BDF_PropertyType type;
union {
const char* atom;
FT_Int32 integer;
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
} u;
} BDF_PropertyRec;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
* the BDF specification.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* acharset_encoding ::
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* acharset_registry ::
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
const char* *acharset_encoding,
const char* *acharset_registry );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* name :: The property name.
*
* @output:
* aproperty :: The property.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
* font.
*
* A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
* `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
*
* Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
* for BDF fonts only.
*
* In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
const char* prop_name,
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */
/* END */

240
freetype/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h
View File

@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbitmap.h */
/* */
/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_
#define FTBITMAP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Bitmap Handling */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's `flow' (as */
/* indicated by the sign of the `pitch' field in `FT_Bitmap'). */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Init */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy a bitmap into another one. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */
/* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */
/* borders are kept unchanged. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */
/* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
/* */
/* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */
/* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */
/* */
/* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format */
/* are converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
FT_Pos xStrength,
FT_Pos yStrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Convert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp */
/* to a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used */
/* bytes line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: The source bitmap. */
/* */
/* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */
/* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: The target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */
/* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */
/* */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target,
FT_Int alignment );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: The glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function is to be used in combination with */
/* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */
/* END */

102
freetype/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h
View File

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbzip2.h */
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2010-2018 by */
/* Joel Klinghed. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_
#define FTBZIP2_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bzip2 */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BZIP2 Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream
* from it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */
/* END */

1042
freetype/include/freetype/ftcache.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

139
freetype/include/freetype/ftchapters.h
View File

@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */
/* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* general_remarks */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* General Remarks */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* header_inclusion */
/* user_allocation */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* core_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Core API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* version */
/* basic_types */
/* base_interface */
/* glyph_variants */
/* glyph_management */
/* mac_specific */
/* sizes_management */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* format_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Format-Specific API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* truetype_tables */
/* type1_tables */
/* sfnt_names */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* cid_fonts */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* font_formats */
/* gasp_table */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* module_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Controlling FreeType Modules */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* auto_hinter */
/* cff_driver */
/* t1_cid_driver */
/* tt_driver */
/* pcf_driver */
/* properties */
/* parameter_tags */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Cache Sub-System */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* support_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Support API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* computations */
/* list_processing */
/* outline_processing */
/* quick_advance */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* raster */
/* glyph_stroker */
/* system_interface */
/* module_management */
/* gzip */
/* lzw */
/* bzip2 */
/* lcd_filtering */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* error_codes */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Codes */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* error_enumerations */
/* error_code_values */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/

168
freetype/include/freetype/ftcid.h
View File

@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcid.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007-2018 by */
/* Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTCID_H_
#define FTCID_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* cid_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* CID Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* CID-keyed font specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
* "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* registry ::
* The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* ordering ::
* The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* supplement ::
* The supplement.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.6
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
const char* *registry,
const char* *ordering,
FT_Int *supplement );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In
* contrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
* successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SFNT wrapper.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* is_cid ::
* The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
FT_Bool *is_cid );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The input glyph index.
*
* @output:
* cid ::
* The CID as an @FT_UInt.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_UInt *cid );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCID_H_ */
/* END */

1225
freetype/include/freetype/ftdriver.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

280
freetype/include/freetype/fterrdef.h
View File

@@ -1,280 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrdef.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error codes (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* error_code_values */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Code Values */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h' */
/* (loaded automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H'). The first */
/* argument of the `FT_ERROR_DEF_' macro is the error label; by */
/* default, the prefix `FT_Err_' gets added so that you get error */
/* names like `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource'. The second argument is */
/* the error code, and the last argument an error string, which is not */
/* used by FreeType. */
/* */
/* Within your application you should *only* use error names and */
/* *never* its numeric values! The latter might (and actually do) */
/* change in forthcoming FreeType versions. */
/* */
/* Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_' defines `FT_Err_Ok', which is always zero. */
/* See the `Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically */
/* generate a list of error strings. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Err_XXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* generic errors */
FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00,
"no error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01,
"cannot open resource" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02,
"unknown file format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03,
"broken file" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04,
"invalid FreeType version" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05,
"module version is too low" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06,
"invalid argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07,
"unimplemented feature" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08,
"broken table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09,
"broken offset within table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A,
"array allocation size too large" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B,
"missing module" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C,
"missing property" )
/* glyph/character errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10,
"invalid glyph index" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11,
"invalid character code" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12,
"unsupported glyph image format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13,
"cannot render this glyph format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14,
"invalid outline" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15,
"invalid composite glyph" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16,
"too many hints" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17,
"invalid pixel size" )
/* handle errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20,
"invalid object handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21,
"invalid library handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22,
"invalid module handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23,
"invalid face handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24,
"invalid size handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25,
"invalid glyph slot handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26,
"invalid charmap handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27,
"invalid cache manager handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28,
"invalid stream handle" )
/* driver errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30,
"too many modules" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31,
"too many extensions" )
/* memory errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40,
"out of memory" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41,
"unlisted object" )
/* stream errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51,
"cannot open stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52,
"invalid stream seek" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53,
"invalid stream skip" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54,
"invalid stream read" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55,
"invalid stream operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56,
"invalid frame operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57,
"nested frame access" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58,
"invalid frame read" )
/* raster errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60,
"raster uninitialized" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61,
"raster corrupted" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62,
"raster overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63,
"negative height while rastering" )
/* cache errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70,
"too many registered caches" )
/* TrueType and SFNT errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80,
"invalid opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81,
"too few arguments" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82,
"stack overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83,
"code overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84,
"bad argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85,
"division by zero" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86,
"invalid reference" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87,
"found debug opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88,
"found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89,
"nested DEFS" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A,
"invalid code range" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B,
"execution context too long" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C,
"too many function definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D,
"too many instruction definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E,
"SFNT font table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F,
"horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90,
"locations (loca) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91,
"name table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92,
"character map (cmap) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93,
"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94,
"PostScript (post) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95,
"invalid horizontal metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96,
"invalid character map (cmap) format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97,
"invalid ppem value" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98,
"invalid vertical metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99,
"could not find context" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A,
"invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B,
"invalid PostScript (post) table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( DEF_In_Glyf_Bytecode, 0x9C,
"found FDEF or IDEF opcode in glyf bytecode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bitmap, 0x9D,
"missing bitmap in strike" )
/* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0,
"opcode syntax error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1,
"argument stack underflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2,
"ignore" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3,
"no Unicode glyph name found" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4,
"glyph too big for hinting" )
/* BDF errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0,
"`STARTFONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1,
"`FONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2,
"`SIZE' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3,
"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4,
"`CHARS' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5,
"`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6,
"`ENCODING' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7,
"`BBX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8,
"`BBX' too big" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9,
"Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA,
"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
/* */
/* END */

226
freetype/include/freetype/fterrors.h
View File

@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrors.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* error_enumerations */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Enumerations */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to handle errors and error strings. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The header file `fterrors.h' (which is automatically included by */
/* `freetype.h' defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration */
/* constants. It can also be used to generate error message strings */
/* with a small macro trick explained below. */
/* */
/* *Error* *Formats* */
/* */
/* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */
/* defined in `ftoption.h' in order to make the higher byte indicate */
/* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */
/* with standard builds of FreeType~2, however). See the file */
/* `ftmoderr.h' for more details. */
/* */
/* *Error* *Message* *Strings* */
/* */
/* Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client */
/* applications to build a table of error message strings. The */
/* strings are not included in a normal build of FreeType~2 to save */
/* space (most client applications do not use them). */
/* */
/* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_START_LIST */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */
/* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro is called to define one single error. `e' is the error */
/* code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument'), `v' is the error's */
/* numerical value, and `s' is the corresponding error string. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_END_LIST */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro ends the list. */
/* */
/* Additionally, you have to undefine `FTERRORS_H_' before #including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* Here is a simple example. */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef FTERRORS_H_ */
/* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */
/* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, NULL } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int err_code; */
/* const char* err_msg; */
/* } ft_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note that `FT_Err_Ok' is _not_ defined with `FT_ERRORDEF' but with */
/* `FT_NOERRORDEF'; it is always zero. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* In previous FreeType versions we used `__FTERRORS_H__'. However, */
/* using two successive underscores in a non-system symbol name */
/* violates the C (and C++) standard, so it was changed to the */
/* current form. In spite of this, we have to make */
/* */
/* #undefine __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* */
/* work for backward compatibility. */
/* */
#if !( defined( FTERRORS_H_ ) && defined ( __FTERRORS_H__ ) )
#define FTERRORS_H_
#define __FTERRORS_H__
/* include module base error codes */
#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
/* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
#endif
/* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
#endif
#else
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
/* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
/* enumeration type. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
/* this macro is used to define an error */
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
/* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#endif
/* now include the error codes */
#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#undef FT_ERRORDEF
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#endif
#endif /* !(FTERRORS_H_ && __FTERRORS_H__) */
/* END */

95
freetype/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h
View File

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftfntfmt.h */
/* */
/* Support functions for font formats. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTFNTFMT_H_
#define FTFNTFMT_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* font_formats */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Font Formats */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Getting the font format. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */
/* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */
/* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */
/* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Font_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a string describing the format of a given face. Possible */
/* values are `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', */
/* `CID~Type~1', `CFF', `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */
/* */
/* The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: */
/* Input face handle. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A deprecated name for the same function is */
/* `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTFNTFMT_H_ */
/* END */

142
freetype/include/freetype/ftgasp.h
View File

@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgasp.h */
/* */
/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGASP_H_
#define FTGASP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gasp_table
*
* @title:
* Gasp Table
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
*
* @description:
* The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
* font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is
* mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
* bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
*/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_GASP_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
* function.
*
* @values:
* FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
* This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
* It is up to the client to decide what to do.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
* This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
* is not set, no hinting gets applied.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
* Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
* If not set, do monochrome rendering.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
* If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
*
* @note:
* The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be
* used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
* `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to
* be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and
* `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored).
*
* `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
* protected by patents.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x04
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
/*************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_Gasp
*
* @description:
* For a TrueType or OpenType font file, return the rasterizer behaviour
* flags from the font's `gasp' table corresponding to a given
* character pixel size.
*
* @input:
* face :: The source face handle.
*
* ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
*
* @return:
* Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
* `gasp' table in the face.
*
* @note:
* If you want to use the MM functionality of OpenType variation fonts
* (i.e., using @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates and friends), call this
* function *after* setting an instance since the return values can
* change.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt ppem );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGASP_H_ */
/* END */

614
freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h
View File

@@ -1,614 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftglyph.h */
/* */
/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */
/* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */
/* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */
/* */
/* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */
/* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */
/* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGLYPH_H_
#define FTGLYPH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* glyph_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Glyph Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */
/* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */
/* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* forward declaration to a private type */
typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */
/* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */
/* bitmap or pointer. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */
/* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */
/* @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_GlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */
/* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */
/* */
/* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */
/* */
/* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
{
FT_Library library;
const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
FT_Glyph_Format format;
FT_Vector advance;
} FT_GlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */
/* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */
/* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */
/* from the current pen position to the left border of the */
/* glyph bitmap. */
/* */
/* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */
/* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */
/* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */
/* */
/* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */
/* the bitmap's contents easily. */
/* */
/* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Int left;
FT_Int top;
FT_Bitmap bitmap;
} FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */
/* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */
/* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */
/* the outline's content easily. */
/* */
/* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
/* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
/* */
/* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */
/* destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Outline outline;
} FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */
/* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Because `*aglyph->advance.x' and '*aglyph->advance.y' are 16.16 */
/* fixed-point numbers, `slot->advance.x' and `slot->advance.y' */
/* (which are in 26.6 fixed-point format) must be in the range */
/* ]-32768;32768[. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */
/* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */
/* error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */
/* */
/* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */
/* advance vector. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_Matrix* matrix,
FT_Vector* delta );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */
/* Return unscaled font units. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */
/* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */
/* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */
/* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */
/* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
{
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
} FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode' values instead */
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */
/* outline's points, including Bezier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* that contains Bezier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* mode :: The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned */
/* bounding box values. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */
/* convention. */
/* */
/* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */
/* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */
/* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */
/* is another name for this constant. */
/* */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
/* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */
/* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */
/* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */
/* */
/* { */
/* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */
/* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */
/* which corresponds to: */
/* */
/* { */
/* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */
/* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */
/* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */
/* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */
/* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_UInt bbox_mode,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */
/* rendered. */
/* */
/* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */
/* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */
/* translation). The origin is expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixels. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */
/* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */
/* never destroyed in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */
/* */
/* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */
/* rendering. */
/* */
/* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
/* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */
/* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyph; */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */
/* */
/* */
/* // load glyph */
/* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
/* */
/* // extract glyph image */
/* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */
/* */
/* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */
/* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */
/* { */
/* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */
/* 0, 1 ); */
/* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* // access bitmap content by typecasting */
/* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */
/* */
/* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* */
/* Here another example, again without error handling: */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */
/* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */
/* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
FT_Vector* origin,
FT_Bool destroy );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a given glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
/* */
/* other helpful functions */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */
/* */
/* Since the function uses wrap-around arithmetic, results become */
/* meaningless if the arguments are very large. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
FT_Matrix* b );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Invert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */
/* case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGLYPH_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

357
freetype/include/freetype/ftgxval.h
View File

@@ -1,357 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgxval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2018 by */
/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */
/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */
/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGXVAL_H_
#define FTGXVAL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gx_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */
/* trak, prop, lcar). */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate */
/* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free */
/* */
/* FT_ClassicKern_Validate */
/* FT_ClassicKern_Free */
/* */
/* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH */
/* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX */
/* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */
/* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */
/* */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
*
* @description:
* The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
* for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1 )
/* */
/* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
* indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
* Validate `feat' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
* Validate `mort' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
* Validate `morx' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
* Validate `bsln' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_just ::
* Validate `just' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
* Validate `kern' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
* Validate `opbd' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
* Validate `trak' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
* Validate `prop' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
* Validate `lcar' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
* Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
* opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
FT_VALIDATE_just | \
FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
*
* table_length ::
* The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* should be passed.
*
* @output:
* tables ::
* The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
* The array itself must be allocated by a client.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
* application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
* the ability to validate the sfnt table.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
FT_UInt table_length );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
* to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected
* type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
* invalid.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
* Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
* and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
* the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* ckern_table ::
* A pointer to the kern table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGXVAL_H_ */
/* END */

151
freetype/include/freetype/ftgzip.h
View File

@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgzip.h */
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGZIP_H_
#define FTGZIP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gzip */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* GZIP Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using gzip-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenGzip
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
* it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Gzip_Uncompress
*
* @description:
* Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer. This function
* is modeled after zlib's `uncompress' function.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A FreeType memory handle.
*
* input ::
* The input buffer.
*
* input_len ::
* The length of the input buffer.
*
* @output:
* output::
* The output buffer.
*
* @inout:
* output_len ::
* Before calling the function, this is the total size of the output
* buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire uncompressed
* data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be known in
* advance). After calling the function, `output_len' is the size of
* the used data in `output'.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*
* @since:
* 2.5.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Byte* output,
FT_ULong* output_len,
const FT_Byte* input,
FT_ULong input_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGZIP_H_ */
/* END */

1205
freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

343
freetype/include/freetype/ftincrem.h
View File

@@ -1,343 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftincrem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTINCREM_H_
#define FTINCREM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* incremental
*
* @title:
* Incremental Loading
*
* @abstract:
* Custom Glyph Loading.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
* `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
* from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application.
*
* Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
* file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
* engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
*
* To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
* @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
* @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
* @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
*
*/
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental
*
* @description:
* An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
* `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
* embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
* where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
* different values.
*
* @note:
* It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
* objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
* and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
* See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
* to use incremental objects with FreeType.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
*
* @description:
* A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
* by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
*
* @fields:
* bearing_x ::
* Left bearing, in font units.
*
* bearing_y ::
* Top bearing, in font units.
*
* advance ::
* Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* advance_v ::
* Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* @note:
* These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
* value of the `vertical' argument to the function
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
{
FT_Long bearing_x;
FT_Long bearing_y;
FT_Long advance;
FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
} FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_Metrics
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
* during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
* enabled.
*
* Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
* file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
* the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
* *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is
* undefined for any other format.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* @output:
* adata ::
* A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
* accessed as a read-only byte block).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If this function returns successfully the method
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
* the data bytes.
*
* Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
* compound glyphs.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Data* adata );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
* successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* data ::
* A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
* as a read-only byte block).
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_Data* data );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
* before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
* formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
* the glyph images proper.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* vertical ::
* If true, return vertical metrics.
*
* ametrics ::
* This parameter is used for both input and output.
* The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are
* not available all the values must be set to zero.
*
* @output:
* ametrics ::
* The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Bool vertical,
FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
*
* @description:
* A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
* incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
*
* @fields:
* get_glyph_data ::
* The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* free_glyph_data ::
* The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* get_glyph_metrics ::
* The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does
* not provide overriding glyph metrics.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
{
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
} FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
*
* @description:
* A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
* wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
* @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
* FT_Parameter parameter;
* FT_Open_Args open_args;
*
*
* // set up incremental descriptor
* inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
* inc_int.object = my_object;
*
* // set up optional parameter
* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
* parameter.data = &inc_int;
*
* // set up FT_Open_Args structure
* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
* open_args.num_params = 1;
* open_args.params = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
*
* // open the font
* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
* ...
* }
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
{
const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
FT_Incremental object;
} FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_Interface
*
* @description:
* A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
*
*/
typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTINCREM_H_ */
/* END */

309
freetype/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h
View File

@@ -1,309 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlcdfil.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2006-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLCDFIL_H_
#define FTLCDFIL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lcd_filtering
*
* @title:
* LCD Filtering
*
* @abstract:
* Reduce color fringes of subpixel-rendered bitmaps.
*
* @description:
* Should you #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your
* `ftoption.h', which enables patented ClearType-style rendering,
* the LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps should be filtered to reduce color
* fringes inherent to this technology. The default FreeType LCD
* rendering uses different technology, and API described below,
* although available, does nothing.
*
* ClearType-style LCD rendering exploits the color-striped structure of
* LCD pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of
* the stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3. Since these
* subpixels are color pixels, using them unfiltered creates severe
* color fringes. Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API to specify a
* low-pass filter, which is then applied to subpixel-rendered bitmaps
* generated through @FT_Render_Glyph. The filter sacrifices some of
* the higher resolution to reduce color fringes, making the glyph image
* slightly blurrier. Positional improvements will remain.
*
* A filter should have two properties:
*
* 1) It should be normalized, meaning the sum of the 5~components
* should be 256 (0x100). It is possible to go above or under this
* target sum, however: going under means tossing out contrast, going
* over means invoking clamping and thereby non-linearities that
* increase contrast somewhat at the expense of greater distortion
* and color-fringing. Contrast is better enhanced through stem
* darkening.
*
* 2) It should be color-balanced, meaning a filter `{~a, b, c, b, a~}'
* where a~+ b~=~c. It distributes the computed coverage for one
* subpixel to all subpixels equally, sacrificing some won resolution
* but drastically reducing color-fringing. Positioning improvements
* remain! Note that color-fringing can only really be minimized
* when using a color-balanced filter and alpha-blending the glyph
* onto a surface in linear space; see @FT_Render_Glyph.
*
* Regarding the form, a filter can be a `boxy' filter or a `beveled'
* filter. Boxy filters are sharper but are less forgiving of non-ideal
* gamma curves of a screen (viewing angles!), beveled filters are
* fuzzier but more tolerant.
*
* Examples:
*
* - [0x10 0x40 0x70 0x40 0x10] is beveled and neither balanced nor
* normalized.
*
* - [0x1A 0x33 0x4D 0x33 0x1A] is beveled and balanced but not
* normalized.
*
* - [0x19 0x33 0x66 0x4c 0x19] is beveled and normalized but not
* balanced.
*
* - [0x00 0x4c 0x66 0x4c 0x00] is boxily beveled and normalized but not
* balanced.
*
* - [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] is boxy, normalized, and almost
* balanced.
*
* - [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] is beveled, normalized and, almost
* balanced.
*
* The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
* @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char. It does _not_ affect the output
* of @FT_Outline_Render and @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
*
* If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
* either wider or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
* outline with regard to the pixel grid. For example, for
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds 3~subpixels to the left, and
* 3~subpixels to the right. The bitmap offset values are adjusted
* accordingly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout and
* glyph positioning code when enabling the filter.
*
* It is important to understand that linear alpha blending and gamma
* correction is critical for correctly rendering glyphs onto surfaces
* without artifacts and even more critical when subpixel rendering is
* involved.
*
* Each of the 3~alpha values (subpixels) is independently used to blend
* one color channel. That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the
* text color with the red channel of the background pixel. The
* distribution of density values by the color-balanced filter assumes
* alpha blending is done in linear space; only then color artifacts
* cancel out.
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_LcdFilter
*
* @description:
* A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
*
* @values:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
* Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
* results in sometimes severe color fringes.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
* The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
* of a slight blurriness in the output.
*
* It is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter
* that is more forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
* viewing angles. Note that while color-fringing is reduced, it can
* only be minimized by using linear alpha blending and gamma
* correction to render glyphs onto surfaces. The default filter
* weights are [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08].
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
* The light filter is a variant that is sharper at the cost of
* slightly more color fringes than the default one.
*
* It is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter that
* is less forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
* viewing angles. This filter works best when the rendering system
* uses linear alpha blending and gamma correction to render glyphs
* onto surfaces. The light filter weights are
* [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00].
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
* This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
* provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
* fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
* In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
* interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
*
* This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
* disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 ::
* For historical reasons, the FontConfig library returns a different
* enumeration value for legacy LCD filtering. To make code work that
* (incorrectly) forwards FontConfig's enumeration value to
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter without proper mapping, it is thus easiest
* to have another enumeration value, which is completely equal to
* `FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY'.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1' since 2.6.2)
*/
typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
{
FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
} FT_LcdFilter;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
*
* @description:
* This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
* bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* filter ::
* The filter type.
*
* You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
* well on most LCD screens.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
* explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
*
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
FT_LcdFilter filter );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
*
* @description:
* This function can be used to enable LCD filter with custom weights,
* instead of using presets in @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* weights ::
* A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
* uses them to specify the filter weights.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* LCD filter weights can also be set per face using @FT_Face_Properties
* with @FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
unsigned char *weights );
/*
* @type:
* FT_LcdFiveTapFilter
*
* @description:
* A typedef for passing the five LCD filter weights to
* @FT_Face_Properties within an @FT_Parameter structure.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS 5
typedef FT_Byte FT_LcdFiveTapFilter[FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS];
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLCDFIL_H_ */
/* END */

276
freetype/include/freetype/ftlist.h
View File

@@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlist.h */
/* */
/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */
/* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLIST_H_
#define FTLIST_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* List Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Simple management of lists. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to list */
/* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_List */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find the list node for a given listed object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* data :: The address of the listed object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
void* data );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Append an element to the end of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to append. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Insert an element at the head of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to parent list. */
/* node :: The node to insert. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */
/* the node is in the list! */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The node to remove. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */
/* lists. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to move. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse */
/* by @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The current iteration list node. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
/* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */
/* returns a non-zero value. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
/* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the second */
/* argument to the iterator. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
FT_List_Iterator iterator,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list */
/* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */
/* given list. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* system :: The current system object. */
/* */
/* data :: The current object to destroy. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */
/* be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
void* data,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */
/* of the list. Set this to NULL if not needed. */
/* */
/* memory :: The current memory object that handles deallocation. */
/* */
/* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the last */
/* argument to the destructor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */
/* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
FT_List_Destructor destroy,
FT_Memory memory,
void* user );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLIST_H_ */
/* END */

99
freetype/include/freetype/ftlzw.h
View File

@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlzw.h */
/* */
/* LZW-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLZW_H_
#define FTLZW_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* lzw */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* LZW Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using LZW-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenLZW
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream :: The target embedding stream.
*
* source :: The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
*
* In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
* and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLZW_H_ */
/* END */

275
freetype/include/freetype/ftmac.h
View File

@@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmac.h */
/* */
/* Additional Mac-specific API. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* NOTE: Include this file after FT_FREETYPE_H and after any */
/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */
/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMAC_H_
#define FTMAC_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* gcc-3.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if defined( __GNUC__ ) && \
( ( __GNUC__ >= 4 ) || \
( ( __GNUC__ == 3 ) && ( __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1 ) ) )
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__(( deprecated ))
#else
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* mac_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Mac Specific Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Only available on the Macintosh. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */
/* compiled on a Macintosh. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fond :: A FOND resource. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */
/* case. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Notes> */
/* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */
/* that are installed in the system as follows. */
/* */
/* { */
/* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */
/* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
Handle fond,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */
/* Bold). */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */
/* name that is handled by ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */
/* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */
/* buffer before calling this function. */
/* */
/* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
UInt8* path,
UInt32 maxPathSize,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
const FSSpec *spec,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
const FSRef *ref,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMAC_H_ */
/* END */

638
freetype/include/freetype/ftmm.h
View File

@@ -1,638 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmm.h */
/* */
/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMM_H_
#define FTMM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Multiple Masters */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */
/* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */
/* setting design axis coordinates. */
/* */
/* Besides Adobe MM fonts, the interface supports Apple's TrueType GX */
/* and OpenType variation fonts. Some of the routines only work with */
/* Adobe MM fonts, others will work with all three types. They are */
/* similar enough that a consistent interface makes sense. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple */
/* Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation */
/* fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Long minimum;
FT_Long maximum;
} FT_MM_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation */
/* fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */
/* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */
/* allows for intermediate designs to be present. */
/* This number cannot exceed~16. */
/* */
/* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
} FT_Multi_Master;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple */
/* Masters, TrueType GX, and OpenType variation fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* Not always meaningful for TrueType GX or OpenType */
/* variation fonts. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */
/* FreeType computes meaningful default values for Adobe */
/* MM fonts. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* tag :: The axis's tag (the equivalent to `name' for TrueType */
/* GX and OpenType variation fonts). FreeType provides */
/* default values for Adobe MM fonts if possible. */
/* */
/* strid :: The axis name entry in the font's `name' table. This */
/* is another (and often better) version of the `name' */
/* field for TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts. Not */
/* meaningful for Adobe MM fonts. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The fields `minimum', `def', and `maximum' are 16.16 fractional */
/* values for TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts. For Adobe MM */
/* fonts, the values are integers. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Fixed minimum;
FT_Fixed def;
FT_Fixed maximum;
FT_ULong tag;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Named_Style */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model a named instance in a TrueType GX or OpenType */
/* variation font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for Adobe MM fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* coords :: The design coordinates for this instance. */
/* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this instance. */
/* */
/* psid :: The entry in `name' table identifying a PostScript name */
/* for this instance. Value 0xFFFF indicates a missing */
/* entry. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
{
FT_Fixed* coords;
FT_UInt strid;
FT_UInt psid; /* since 2.7.1 */
} FT_Var_Named_Style;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model the axes and space of an Adobe MM, TrueType */
/* GX, or OpenType variation font. */
/* */
/* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the others. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */
/* Adobe MM fonts; no limit in TrueType GX or */
/* OpenType variation fonts. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */
/* 2^num_axis for Adobe MM fonts. Not meaningful */
/* for TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts */
/* (where every glyph could have a different */
/* number of designs). */
/* */
/* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; a `named style' is */
/* a tuple of design coordinates that has a string */
/* ID (in the `name' table) associated with it. */
/* The font can tell the user that, for example, */
/* [Weight=1.5,Width=1.1] is `Bold'. Another name */
/* for `named style' is `named instance'. */
/* */
/* For Adobe Multiple Masters fonts, this value is */
/* always zero because the format does not support */
/* named styles. */
/* */
/* axis :: An axis descriptor table. */
/* TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts */
/* contain slightly more data than Adobe MM fonts. */
/* Memory management of this pointer is done */
/* internally by FreeType. */
/* */
/* namedstyle :: A named style (instance) table. */
/* Only meaningful for TrueType GX and OpenType */
/* variation fonts. Memory management of this */
/* pointer is done internally by FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
FT_Var_Axis* axis;
FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
} FT_MM_Var;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve a variation descriptor of a given Adobe MM font. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation */
/* fonts. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve a variation descriptor for a given font. */
/* */
/* This function works with all supported variation formats. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The variation descriptor. */
/* Allocates a data structure, which the user must */
/* deallocate with a call to @FT_Done_MM_Var after use. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Free the memory allocated by @FT_Get_MM_Var. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle of the face's parent library object that was */
/* used in the call to @FT_Get_MM_Var to create `amaster'. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_MM_Var( FT_Library library,
FT_MM_Var *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Adobe MM fonts, choose an interpolated font design through */
/* design coordinates. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation */
/* fonts. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the */
/* function with `num_coords' set to zero and `coords' set to NULL. */
/* */
/* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords' is larger than zero, this function */
/* sets the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags' */
/* field (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords' */
/* is zero, this bit flag gets unset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Long* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Choose an interpolated font design through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* This function works with all supported variation formats. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the */
/* function with `num_coords' set to zero and `coords' set to NULL. */
/* [Since 2.9] `Default values' means the currently selected named */
/* instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected). */
/* */
/* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords' is larger than zero, this function */
/* sets the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags' */
/* field (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords' */
/* is zero, this bit flag gets unset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Get the design coordinates of the currently selected interpolated */
/* font. */
/* */
/* This function works with all supported variation formats. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates to retrieve. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, set the excess */
/* values to~0. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* coords :: The design coordinates array. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.7.1 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Choose an interpolated font design through normalized blend */
/* coordinates. */
/* */
/* This function works with all supported variation formats. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */
/* between 0 and 1.0 for Adobe MM fonts, and between */
/* -1.0 and 1.0 for TrueType GX and OpenType variation */
/* fonts). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the */
/* function with `num_coords' set to zero and `coords' set to NULL. */
/* [Since 2.9] `Default values' means the currently selected named */
/* instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected). */
/* */
/* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords' is larger than zero, this function */
/* sets the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags' */
/* field (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords' */
/* is zero, this bit flag gets unset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Get the normalized blend coordinates of the currently selected */
/* interpolated font. */
/* */
/* This function works with all supported variation formats. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* num_coords :: The number of normalized blend coordinates to */
/* retrieve. If it is larger than the number of axes, */
/* set the excess values to~0.5 for Adobe MM fonts, and */
/* to~0 for TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* coords :: The normalized blend coordinates array. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.7.1 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is another name of @FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.7.1 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A list of bit flags used in the return value of */
/* @FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN :: */
/* The variation axis should not be exposed to user interfaces. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.8.1 */
/* */
#define FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN 1
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Get the `flags' field of an OpenType Variation Axis Record. */
/* */
/* Not meaningful for Adobe MM fonts (`*flags' is always zero). */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* master :: The variation descriptor. */
/* */
/* axis_index :: The index of the requested variation axis. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* flags :: The `flags' field. See @FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX for */
/* possible values. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.8.1 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags( FT_MM_Var* master,
FT_UInt axis_index,
FT_UInt* flags );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Named_Instance */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set or change the current named instance. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* instance_index :: The index of the requested instance, starting */
/* with value 1. If set to value 0, FreeType */
/* switches to font access without a named */
/* instance. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The function uses the value of `instance_index' to set bits 16-30 */
/* of the face's `face_index' field. It also resets any variation */
/* applied to the font, and the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit of the */
/* face's `face_flags' field gets reset to zero (i.e., */
/* @FT_IS_VARIATION will return false). */
/* */
/* For Adobe MM fonts (which don't have named instances) this */
/* function simply resets the current face to the default instance. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.9 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Named_Instance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt instance_index );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMM_H_ */
/* END */

711
freetype/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h
View File

@@ -1,711 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmodapi.h */
/* */
/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMODAPI_H_
#define FTMODAPI_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Module Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */
/* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */
/* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */
/* */
/* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */
/* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */
/* */
/* { */
/* autofitter */
/* bdf */
/* cff */
/* gxvalid */
/* otvalid */
/* pcf */
/* pfr */
/* psaux */
/* pshinter */
/* psnames */
/* raster1 */
/* sfnt */
/* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */
/* truetype */
/* type1 */
/* type42 */
/* t1cid */
/* winfonts */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Module */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* FT_Property_Set */
/* FT_Property_Get */
/* FT_Set_Default_Properties */
/* */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* FT_Renderer */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* module bit flags */
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
/* scalable fonts */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
/* support vector outlines */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
/* own hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800 /* the driver's hinter */
/* produces LIGHT hints */
/* deprecated values */
#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY
typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to initialize. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to finalize. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to be searched. */
/* */
/* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */
/* */
typedef FT_Module_Interface
(*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
const char* name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */
/* */
/* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */
/* bytes. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The name of the module. */
/* */
/* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */
/* (major.minor). */
/* */
/* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */
/* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */
/* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */
/* */
/* module_init :: The initializing function. */
/* */
/* module_done :: The finalizing function. */
/* */
/* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
{
FT_ULong module_flags;
FT_Long module_size;
const FT_String* module_name;
FT_Fixed module_version;
FT_Fixed module_requires;
const void* module_interface;
FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
} FT_Module_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add a new module to a given library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find a module by its name. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */
/* should look up the source code for details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
const char* module_name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a given module from a library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: A handle to a module object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
FT_Module module );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Set
*
* @description:
* Set a property for a given module.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in section
* @properties.
*
* Note that only a few modules have properties.
*
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see section @properties.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in
* module `foo' to value~1.
*
* {
* FT_UInt bar;
*
*
* bar = 1;
* FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
* }
*
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module
* property changes. To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache
* you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if
* a module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been
* called.
*
* It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set
* instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
const void* value );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Get
*
* @description:
* Get a module's property value.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in section
* @properties.
*
* @inout:
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see section @properties.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'.
*
* {
* typedef range_
* {
* FT_Int32 min;
* FT_Int32 max;
*
* } range;
*
* range baz;
*
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
* }
*
* It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
void* value );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Default_Properties */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* If compilation option FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES is */
/* set, this function reads the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' environment */
/* variable to control driver properties. See section @properties */
/* for more. */
/* */
/* If the compilation option is not set, this function does nothing. */
/* */
/* `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' has the following syntax form (broken here */
/* into multiple lines for better readability). */
/* */
/* { */
/* <optional whitespace> */
/* <module-name1> ':' */
/* <property-name1> '=' <property-value1> */
/* <whitespace> */
/* <module-name2> ':' */
/* <property-name2> '=' <property-value2> */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* Example: */
/* */
/* { */
/* FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \ */
/* cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \ */
/* autofitter:warping=1 */
/* } */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.8 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Default_Properties( FT_Library library );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */
/* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */
/* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */
/* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */
/* */
/* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that */
/* reference @FT_Library objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a target library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.4.2 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */
/* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */
/* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. Note, */
/* however, that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain */
/* valid for the life of the @FT_Library object. */
/* */
/* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */
/* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module, */
/* and a call to @FT_Set_Default_Properties) instead of */
/* @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */
/* library instance. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Library *alibrary );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */
/* discards all resource objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the target library. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
/* format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */
/* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */
/* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */
/* */
/* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */
/* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */
/* */
/* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */
/* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */
/* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt hook_index,
FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */
/* This is only useful when you create a library object with */
/* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_engine
*
* @title:
* The TrueType Engine
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType bytecode support.
*
* @description:
* This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
* bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_TrueTypeEngineType
*
* @description:
* A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
* engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used
* by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
*
* @values:
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
* The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
* Deprecated and removed.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
* the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this
* was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
{
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
} FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
*
* @description:
* Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
* the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A library instance.
*
* @return:
* A value indicating which level is supported.
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMODAPI_H_ */
/* END */

194
freetype/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h
View File

@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmoderr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */
/* */
/* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */
/* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */
/* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */
/* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */
/* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */
/* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */
/* */
/* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */
/* including the high byte. */
/* */
/* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */
/* an error value is set to zero. */
/* */
/* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */
/* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR( err ) */
/* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */
/* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */
/* the line */
/* */
/* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */
/* */
/* expands to */
/* */
/* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */
/* */
/* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */
/* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */
/* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */
/* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */
/* and inequality, respectively. Example: */
/* */
/* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */
/* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */
/* the same as */
/* */
/* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */
/* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */
/* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */
/* */
/* */
/* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */
/* with something like */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef FTMODERR_H_ */
/* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */
/* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int mod_err_offset; */
/* const char* mod_err_msg */
/* } ft_mod_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMODERR_H_
#define FTMODERR_H_
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
#else
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
#endif
#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#endif
FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#endif /* FTMODERR_H_ */
/* END */

204
freetype/include/freetype/ftotval.h
View File

@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftotval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */
/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */
/* OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOTVAL_H_
#define FTOTVAL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* ot_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* OpenType Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate OpenType tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_OpenType_Validate */
/* FT_OpenType_Free */
/* */
/* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
* indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
* Validate BASE table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
* Validate GDEF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
* Validate GPOS table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
* Validate GSUB table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
* Validate JSTF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
* Validate MATH table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
* Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
#define FT_VALIDATE_OT ( FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
FT_VALIDATE_MATH )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* BASE_table ::
* A pointer to the BASE table.
*
* GDEF_table ::
* A pointer to the GDEF table.
*
* GPOS_table ::
* A pointer to the GPOS table.
*
* GSUB_table ::
* A pointer to the GSUB table.
*
* JSTF_table ::
* A pointer to the JSTF table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
* @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either
* doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
* validation.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOTVAL_H_ */
/* END */

582
freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h
View File

@@ -1,582 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoutln.h */
/* */
/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */
/* most scalable font formats (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOUTLN_H_
#define FTOUTLN_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Outline Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
/* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */
/* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Outline */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* FT_Outline_Funcs */
/* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */
/* */
/* FT_Orientation */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation */
/* */
/* FT_OUTLINE_XXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */
/* segments and Bezier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */
/* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */
/* */
/* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */
/* called during decomposition to indicate path */
/* operations. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* user :: A typeless pointer that is passed to each */
/* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */
/* used to store the state during the */
/* decomposition. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A contour that contains a single point only is represented by a */
/* `move to' operation followed by `line to' to the same point. In */
/* most cases, it is best to filter this out before using the */
/* outline for stroking purposes (otherwise it would result in a */
/* visible dot when round caps are used). */
/* */
/* Similarly, the function returns success for an empty outline also */
/* (doing nothing, this is, not calling any emitter); if necessary, */
/* you should filter this out, too. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new outline of a given size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */
/* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */
/* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */
/* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
/* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */
/* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */
/* */
/* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */
/* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
/* to use the library's memory allocator. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */
/* outline. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */
/* descriptor will be released. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An empty outline, or an outline with a single point only is also */
/* valid. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */
/* the outline's points, including Bezier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* that contains Bezier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The outline's control box. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */
/* */
/* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xOffset,
FT_Pos yOffset );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */
/* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */
/* function is called. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
FT_Outline *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */
/* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */
/* outline's points. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Matrix* matrix );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */
/* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */
/* bottom borders as unchanged. */
/* */
/* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */
/* possible also. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */
/* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
/* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */
/* handled incorrectly. */
/* */
/* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */
/* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */
/* */
/* Example call: */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
/* if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with */
/* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos strength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */
/* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */
/* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */
/* directions. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.4.10 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xstrength,
FT_Pos ystrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */
/* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */
/* the outline's `flags' field. */
/* */
/* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */
/* knows what it is doing. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */
/* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */
/* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */
/* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */
/* */
/* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */
/* */
/* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */
/* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */
/* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
/* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
/* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */
/* etc. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
/* describe the rendering operation. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
/* to use this function. */
/* */
/* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
/* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */
/* actually ignored. */
/* */
/* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */
/* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
/* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */
/* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Raster_Params* params );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Orientation
*
* @description:
* A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
*
* The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
* to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
*
* @values:
* FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
* According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
* be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
* According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
* must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
* remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
* remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
* The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
* the glyph have different orientation.
*
*/
typedef enum FT_Orientation_
{
FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
} FT_Orientation;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* @description:
* This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
* fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by integrating
* the total area covered by the outline. The positive integral
* corresponds to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT
* is returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise
* orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned.
*
* Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
* outlines.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @return:
* The orientation.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOUTLN_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

205
freetype/include/freetype/ftparams.h
View File

@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftparams.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for possible FT_Parameter tags (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2017-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTPARAMS_H_
#define FTPARAMS_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* parameter_tags
*
* @title:
* Parameter Tags
*
* @abstract:
* Macros for driver property and font loading parameter tags.
*
* @description:
* This section contains macros for the @FT_Parameter structure that are
* used with various functions to activate some special functionality or
* different behaviour of various components of FreeType.
*
*/
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
*
* @description:
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
* family names in the `name' table (introduced in OpenType version
* 1.4). Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that
* have a four-faces-per-family restriction.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
/* this constant is deprecated */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY \
FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY
*
* @description:
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
* subfamily names in the `name' table (introduced in OpenType version
* 1.4). Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that
* have a four-faces-per-family restriction.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
/* this constant is deprecated */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY \
FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate
* incremental glyph loading.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding argument specifies the five LCD filter weights for a
* given face (if using @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD, for example), overriding
* the global default values or the values set up with
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'd', 'f' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding 32bit signed integer argument overrides the font
* driver's random seed value with a face-specific one; see
* @random-seed.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'e', 'e', 'd' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding Boolean argument specifies whether to apply stem
* darkening, overriding the global default values or the values set up
* with @FT_Property_Set (see @no-stem-darkening).
*
* This is a passive setting that only takes effect if the font driver
* or autohinter honors it, which the CFF, Type~1, and CID drivers
* always do, but the autohinter only in `light' hinting mode (as of
* version 2.9).
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'd', 'a', 'r', 'k' )
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
*
* @description:
* Deprecated, no effect.
*
* Previously: A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to
* indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType
* bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTPARAMS_H_ */
/* END */

172
freetype/include/freetype/ftpfr.h
View File

@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftpfr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTPFR_H_
#define FTPFR_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* PFR Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
*
* @description:
* Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
*
* @input:
* face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
*
* @output:
* aoutline_resolution ::
* Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_resolution ::
* Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_x_scale ::
* A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
* in metrics units to device subpixels. This is equivalent to
* `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
* can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_y_scale ::
* Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
* optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
* However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
*
* @description:
* Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
* The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
* @FT_Get_Kerning.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* left :: Index of the left glyph.
*
* right :: Index of the right glyph.
*
* @output:
* avector :: A kerning vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
* units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
* mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
*
* You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
* returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device subpixels.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt left,
FT_UInt right,
FT_Vector *avector );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Advance
*
* @description:
* Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
* from a PFR font.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* gindex :: The glyph index.
*
* @output:
* aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
* to convert the advance to device subpixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Pos *aadvance );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTPFR_H_ */
/* END */

233
freetype/include/freetype/ftrender.h
View File

@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftrender.h */
/* */
/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTRENDER_H_
#define FTRENDER_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_MODULE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* create a new glyph object */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* destroys a given glyph object */
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_BBox* abbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph target );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* deprecated */
#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
struct FT_Glyph_Class_
{
FT_Long glyph_size;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
};
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Render_Mode mode,
const FT_Vector* origin );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_BBox* cbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_ULong mode_tag,
FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
/* deprecated identifiers */
#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The renderer module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */
/* */
/* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */
/* */
/* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */
/* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */
/* */
/* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
/* a given glyph slot. */
/* */
/* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */
/* */
/* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */
/* */
/* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */
/* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
{
FT_Module_Class root;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
} FT_Renderer_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* format :: The glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
/* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */
/* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */
/* */
/* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */
/* */
/* parameters :: Additional parameters. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */
/* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */
/* */
/* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */
/* */
/* Currently, no FreeType renderer module uses `parameters'; you */
/* should thus always pass NULL as the value. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_UInt num_params,
FT_Parameter* parameters );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTRENDER_H_ */
/* END */

159
freetype/include/freetype/ftsizes.h
View File

@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsizes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */
/* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */
/* where they are needed. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSIZES_H_
#define FTSIZES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sizes_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Size Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Managing multiple sizes per face. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */
/* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */
/* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */
/* field. */
/* */
/* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */
/* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */
/* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */
/* */
/* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */
/* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */
/* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */
/* */
/* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */
/* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */
/* when using these. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new size object from a given face object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
/* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
FT_Size* size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */
/* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */
/* @FT_New_Size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Activate_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */
/* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been */
/* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */
/* */
/* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */
/* object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */
/* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSIZES_H_ */
/* END */

253
freetype/include/freetype/ftsnames.h
View File

@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsnames.h */
/* */
/* Simple interface to access SFNT `name' tables (which are used */
/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */
/* */
/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSNAMES_H_
#define FTSNAMES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sfnt_names */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* SFNT Names */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */
/* a special names table (`name') in font files. This table contains */
/* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */
/* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */
/* */
/* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */
/* */
/* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_SfntName */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */
/* See @TT_PLATFORM_XXX for possible values. */
/* */
/* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */
/* See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */
/* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, @TT_MS_ID_XXX, and @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX */
/* for possible values. */
/* */
/* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */
/* See @TT_MAC_LANGID_XXX and @TT_MS_LANGID_XXX for */
/* possible values. */
/* */
/* Registered OpenType values for `language_id' are */
/* always smaller than 0x8000; values equal or larger */
/* than 0x8000 usually indicate a language tag string */
/* (introduced in OpenType version 1.6). Use function */
/* @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag with `language_id' as its */
/* argument to retrieve the associated language tag. */
/* */
/* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */
/* See @TT_NAME_ID_XXX for possible values. */
/* */
/* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */
/* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair, being */
/* either a string of bytes (without a terminating */
/* NULL byte) or containing UTF-16BE entities. */
/* */
/* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more */
/* details. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_SfntName_
{
FT_UShort platform_id;
FT_UShort encoding_id;
FT_UShort language_id;
FT_UShort name_id;
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntName;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The number of strings in the `name' table. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */
/* null-terminated. Note that you don't have to deallocate `string' */
/* by yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face. */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */
/* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */
/* platform, encoding, and name ID. */
/* */
/* `name' table format~1 entries can use language tags also, see */
/* @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt idx,
FT_SfntName *aname );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_SfntLangTag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model a language tag entry from an SFNT `name' */
/* table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* string :: The language tag string, encoded in UTF-16BE */
/* (without trailing NULL bytes). */
/* */
/* string_len :: The length of `string' in *bytes*. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more */
/* details. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.8 */
/* */
typedef struct FT_SfntLangTag_
{
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntLangTag;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the language tag associated with a language ID of an SFNT */
/* `name' table entry. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* langID :: The language ID, as returned by @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name. */
/* This is always a value larger than 0x8000. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* alangTag :: The language tag associated with the `name' table */
/* entry's language ID. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `string' array returned in the `alangTag' structure is not */
/* null-terminated. Note that you don't have to deallocate `string' */
/* by yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face. */
/* */
/* Only `name' table format~1 supports language tags. For format~0 */
/* tables, this function always returns FT_Err_Invalid_Table. For */
/* invalid format~1 language ID values, FT_Err_Invalid_Argument is */
/* returned. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.8 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt langID,
FT_SfntLangTag *alangTag );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSNAMES_H_ */
/* END */

785
freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h
View File

@@ -1,785 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstroke.h */
/* */
/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSTROKE_H_
#define FTSTROKE_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_OUTLINE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_stroker
*
* @title:
* Glyph Stroker
*
* @abstract:
* Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
*
* @description:
* This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
* glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
* `inside' borders of the stroke.
*
* This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
* displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
* shape.
*
* @order:
* FT_Stroker
*
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* FT_Stroker_New
* FT_Stroker_Set
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
*/
/**************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stroker
*
* @description:
* Opaque handle to a path stroker object.
*/
typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
*
* @description:
* These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
* in a stroker.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
* Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used
* to join two lines smoothly.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
* Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of
* the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular
* region of the corner with a straight line between the
* outer corners of each stroke.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the
* miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes
* for the two segments are extended until they meet at an
* angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such
* that the miter would extend from the intersection of the
* segments a distance greater than the product of the miter
* limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see
* above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being
* created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter
* line join as used in PostScript and PDF.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if
* the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the
* strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector
* of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the
* intersection of the segments equal to the product of the
* miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents
* long spikes being created.
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line
* join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias
* for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for
* backward compatibility.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
{
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3
} FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
*
* @description:
* These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
* rendered in a stroke.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
* point itself.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
* last point.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
* last point.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
{
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
} FT_Stroker_LineCap;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* @description:
* These values are used to select a given stroke border
* in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
* Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
* Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* @note:
* Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
* borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
* `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
* drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
*
* You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
* @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
*/
typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
{
FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
} FT_StrokerBorder;
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `inside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `outside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new stroker object.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* FreeType library handle.
*
* @output:
* astroker ::
* A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
FT_Stroker *astroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Set
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object's attributes.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* radius ::
* The border radius.
*
* line_cap ::
* The line cap style.
*
* line_join ::
* The line join style.
*
* miter_limit ::
* The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles,
* expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value.
*
* @note:
* The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
* coordinates.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Fixed radius,
FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
FT_Fixed miter_limit );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
* You should call this function before beginning a new
* series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
*
* @description:
* A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
* the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
* later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The source outline.
*
* opened ::
* A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
* of a closed one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
* path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
*
* If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
* stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Bool opened );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
*
* @description:
* Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the start vector.
*
* open ::
* A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
* not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to,
FT_Bool open );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* @description:
* Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
* If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
* single line segment to the start position when needed.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single quadratic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control ::
* A pointer to a Bezier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single cubic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control1 ::
* A pointer to the first Bezier control point.
*
* control2 ::
* A pointer to second Bezier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control1,
FT_Vector* control2,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
* outlines generated by the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
* retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
* structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*
* @note:
* Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
* receive all new data.
*
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
* retrieve all borders at once.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
* outline/path.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a stroker object.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
* only return either its inside or outside border.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* inside ::
* A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
* the outside border.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool inside,
FT_Bool destroy );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSTROKE_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

84
freetype/include/freetype/ftsynth.h
View File

@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsynth.h */
/* */
/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2000-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/********* *********/
/********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
/********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
/********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
/********* *********/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
/* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
/* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
/* code resource that should be copied into the application and */
/* adapted to the particular needs. */
#ifndef FTSYNTH_H_
#define FTSYNTH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
/* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
/* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
/* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */
/* increased by the strength of the emboldening -- this even affects */
/* mono-width fonts! */
/* */
/* You can also call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYNTH_H_ */
/* END */

355
freetype/include/freetype/ftsystem.h
View File

@@ -1,355 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsystem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSYSTEM_H_
#define FTSYSTEM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* system_interface */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* System Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to memory */
/* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */
/* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */
/* i/o streams. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Memory
*
* @description:
* A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
* @FT_MemoryRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Alloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* size ::
* The size in bytes to allocate.
*
* @return:
* Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long size );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Free_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to release a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* block ::
* The address of the target memory block.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Realloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* cur_size ::
* The block's current size in bytes.
*
* new_size ::
* The block's requested new size.
*
* block ::
* The block's current address.
*
* @return:
* New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
*
* @note:
* In case of error, the old block must still be available.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long cur_size,
long new_size,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MemoryRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
*
* @fields:
* user ::
* A generic typeless pointer for user data.
*
* alloc ::
* A pointer type to an allocation function.
*
* free ::
* A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
*
* realloc ::
* A pointer type to a reallocation function.
*
*/
struct FT_MemoryRec_
{
void* user;
FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
FT_Free_Func free;
FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
};
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stream
*
* @description:
* A handle to an input stream.
*
* @also:
* See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given
* stream object.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamDesc
*
* @description:
* A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
* to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
*
*/
typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
{
long value;
void* pointer;
} FT_StreamDesc;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_IoFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the source stream.
*
* offset ::
* The offset of read in stream (always from start).
*
* buffer ::
* The address of the read buffer.
*
* count ::
* The number of bytes to read from the stream.
*
* @return:
* The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
*
* @note:
* This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
* with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an
* error.
*
*/
typedef unsigned long
(*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
unsigned long offset,
unsigned char* buffer,
unsigned long count );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_CloseFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to close a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the target stream.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe an input stream.
*
* @input:
* base ::
* For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
* byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for
* disk-based streams.
*
* size ::
* The stream size in bytes.
*
* In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before
* actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF.
* (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is
* thus just a hint.)
*
* pos ::
* The current position within the stream.
*
* descriptor ::
* This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
* used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
* pointers.
*
* pathname ::
* This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
* useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
* (where available).
*
* read ::
* The stream's input function.
*
* close ::
* The stream's close function.
*
* memory ::
* The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set
* internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
* implementations.
*
* cursor ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
* limit ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
{
unsigned char* base;
unsigned long size;
unsigned long pos;
FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
FT_StreamDesc pathname;
FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
FT_Memory memory;
unsigned char* cursor;
unsigned char* limit;
} FT_StreamRec;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYSTEM_H_ */
/* END */

350
freetype/include/freetype/fttrigon.h
View File

@@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttrigon.h */
/* */
/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTTRIGON_H_
#define FTTRIGON_H_
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Angle
*
* @description:
* This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
* angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
*
*/
typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI
*
* @description:
* The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_2PI
*
* @description:
* The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI2
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI4
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sin
*
* @description:
* Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The sinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Cos
*
* @description:
* Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The cosinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Tan
*
* @description:
* Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The tangent value.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Atan2
*
* @description:
* Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
* the 2d plane.
*
* @input:
* x ::
* The horizontal vector coordinate.
*
* y ::
* The vertical vector coordinate.
*
* @return:
* The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
FT_Fixed y );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Angle_Diff
*
* @description:
* Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
* constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
*
* @input:
* angle1 ::
* First angle.
*
* angle2 ::
* Second angle.
*
* @return:
* Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
FT_Angle angle2 );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Unit
*
* @description:
* Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
* call, the value of `vec.x' will be `cos(angle)', and the value of
* `vec.y' will be `sin(angle)'.
*
* This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
* given angle quickly.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Rotate
*
* @description:
* Rotate a vector by a given angle.
*
* @inout:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Length
*
* @description:
* Return the length of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @return:
* The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
* vector coordinates.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Polarize
*
* @description:
* Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed *length,
FT_Angle *angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_From_Polar
*
* @description:
* Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @input:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed length,
FT_Angle angle );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTRIGON_H_ */
/* END */

602
freetype/include/freetype/fttypes.h
View File

@@ -1,602 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttypes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTTYPES_H_
#define FTTYPES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#include FT_SYSTEM_H
#include FT_IMAGE_H
#include <stddef.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Basic Data Types */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* The basic data types defined by the library. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */
/* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */
/* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* FT_Char */
/* FT_Int */
/* FT_UInt */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* FT_Int64 */
/* FT_UInt64 */
/* FT_Short */
/* FT_UShort */
/* FT_Long */
/* FT_ULong */
/* FT_Bool */
/* FT_Offset */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* FT_String */
/* FT_Tag */
/* FT_Error */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* FT_Pos */
/* FT_Vector */
/* FT_BBox */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* FT_FWord */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* FT_Generic */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* FT_Bitmap */
/* FT_Pixel_Mode */
/* FT_Palette_Mode */
/* FT_Glyph_Format */
/* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bool */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */
/* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_FWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */
/* units. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */
/* font units. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Char */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */
/* */
typedef signed char FT_Char;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for constant memory areas. */
/* */
typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */
/* */
typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_String */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */
/* */
typedef char FT_String;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Short */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed short. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Short;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UShort */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned short. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the int type. */
/* */
typedef signed int FT_Int;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Long */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed long. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Long;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ULong */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned long. */
/* */
typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */
/* coordinates. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */
/* values or matrix coefficients. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Error */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */
/* as a successful operation. */
/* */
typedef int FT_Error;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */
/* */
typedef void* FT_Pointer;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Offset */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */
/* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */
/* or a memory block size. */
/* */
typedef size_t FT_Offset;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */
/* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */
/* between two pointers. */
/* */
typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */
/* FT_F2Dot14 types. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */
/* */
/* y :: Vertical coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
{
FT_F2Dot14 x;
FT_F2Dot14 y;
} FT_UnitVector;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */
/* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */
/* */
/* { */
/* x' = x*xx + y*xy */
/* y' = x*yx + y*yy */
/* } */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Matrix_
{
FT_Fixed xx, xy;
FT_Fixed yx, yy;
} FT_Matrix;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* pointer :: The data. */
/* */
/* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Data_
{
const FT_Byte* pointer;
FT_Int length;
} FT_Data;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */
/* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */
/* details of usage. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization. */
/* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */
/* */
typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)( void* object );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Generic */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */
/* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */
/* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */
/* */
/* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */
/* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */
/* servers. */
/* */
/* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
/* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */
/* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */
/* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
/* in the `finalizer' field). */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
/* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */
/* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */
/* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Generic_
{
void* data;
FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
} FT_Generic;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label */
/* TrueType tables into an unsigned long, to be used within FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */
/* this macro. */
/* */
#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
(FT_Tag) \
( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \
(FT_ULong)_x4 )
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */
/* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */
/* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_List */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a single list element. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */
/* */
/* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */
/* */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
{
FT_ListNode prev;
FT_ListNode next;
void* data;
} FT_ListNodeRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */
/* used in many parts of FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
/* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_
{
FT_ListNode head;
FT_ListNode tail;
} FT_ListRec;
/* */
#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
/* concatenate C tokens */
#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
/* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */
#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )
#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTYPES_H_ */
/* END */

275
freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h
View File

@@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftwinfnt.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTWINFNT_H_
#define FTWINFNT_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Window FNT Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Windows FNT specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
* @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
* encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at
* ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS
* subdirectory. cp1361 is roughly a superset of
* MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
*
* @values:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
* This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
* `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value.
* When querying for information about the character set of the font
* that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
* return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
* There is no known mapping table available.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
* Mac Roman encoding.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
* From Michael Poettgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
*
* The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
* is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
* `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
*
* The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
* specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
*
* The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
* Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
* character set. The OEM character set is system dependent.
*
* In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
* second default codepage that most international versions of
* Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
*
* https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/goglobal/bb964655,
*
* and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
* A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
* 1252 and OEM codepage 850.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
* A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
* A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
* A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
* A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
* A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
* A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
* ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
* A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
* ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
* A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
* A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
* A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
* A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
* A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
* For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
* characters.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
* Korean (Johab).
*/
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Windows FNT Header info. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
{
FT_UShort version;
FT_ULong file_size;
FT_Byte copyright[60];
FT_UShort file_type;
FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
FT_UShort ascent;
FT_UShort internal_leading;
FT_UShort external_leading;
FT_Byte italic;
FT_Byte underline;
FT_Byte strike_out;
FT_UShort weight;
FT_Byte charset;
FT_UShort pixel_width;
FT_UShort pixel_height;
FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
FT_UShort avg_width;
FT_UShort max_width;
FT_Byte first_char;
FT_Byte last_char;
FT_Byte default_char;
FT_Byte break_char;
FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
FT_ULong device_offset;
FT_ULong face_name_offset;
FT_ULong bits_pointer;
FT_ULong bits_offset;
FT_Byte reserved;
FT_ULong flags;
FT_UShort A_space;
FT_UShort B_space;
FT_UShort C_space;
FT_UShort color_table_offset;
FT_ULong reserved1[4];
} FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* aheader :: The WinFNT header.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTWINFNT_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

770
freetype/include/freetype/t1tables.h
View File

@@ -1,770 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* t1tables.h */
/* */
/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef T1TABLES_H_
#define T1TABLES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* type1_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Type 1 Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */
/* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* PS_FontInfoRec */
/* PS_FontInfo */
/* PS_PrivateRec */
/* PS_Private */
/* */
/* CID_FaceDictRec */
/* CID_FaceDict */
/* CID_FaceInfoRec */
/* CID_FaceInfo */
/* */
/* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value */
/* */
/* T1_Blend_Flags */
/* T1_EncodingType */
/* PS_Dict_Keys */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
/* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* FontInfo dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_
{
FT_String* version;
FT_String* notice;
FT_String* full_name;
FT_String* family_name;
FT_String* weight;
FT_Long italic_angle;
FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch;
FT_Short underline_position;
FT_UShort underline_thickness;
} PS_FontInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_PrivateRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* Private dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_
{
FT_Int unique_id;
FT_Int lenIV;
FT_Byte num_blue_values;
FT_Byte num_other_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_other_blues;
FT_Short blue_values[14];
FT_Short other_blues[10];
FT_Short family_blues [14];
FT_Short family_other_blues[10];
FT_Fixed blue_scale;
FT_Int blue_shift;
FT_Int blue_fuzz;
FT_UShort standard_width[1];
FT_UShort standard_height[1];
FT_Byte num_snap_widths;
FT_Byte num_snap_heights;
FT_Bool force_bold;
FT_Bool round_stem_up;
FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */
FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Long language_group;
FT_Long password;
FT_Short min_feature[2];
} PS_PrivateRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* T1_Blend_Flags */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */
/* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */
/* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD :: */
/* */
typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_
{
/* required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
/* required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
T1_BLEND_MAX /* do not remove */
} T1_Blend_Flags;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `T1_Blend_Flags' values instead */
#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX
/* */
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4
/* maximum number of elements in a design map */
#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20
/* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
typedef struct PS_DesignMap_
{
FT_Byte num_points;
FT_Long* design_points;
FT_Fixed* blend_points;
} PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
/* backward compatible definition */
typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap;
typedef struct PS_BlendRec_
{
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* weight_vector;
FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector;
PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
FT_ULong blend_bitflags;
FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
/* since 2.3.0 */
/* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */
/* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */
/* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
/* in the font and associated metrics files */
FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
FT_UInt num_default_design_vector;
} PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
/* backward compatible definition */
typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDictRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_
{
PS_PrivateRec private_dict;
FT_UInt len_buildchar;
FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold;
FT_Pos stroke_width;
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Byte paint_type;
FT_Byte font_type;
FT_Matrix font_matrix;
FT_Vector font_offset;
FT_UInt num_subrs;
FT_ULong subrmap_offset;
FT_Int sd_bytes;
} CID_FaceDictRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDict */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FontDict */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceDictRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_
{
FT_String* cid_font_name;
FT_Fixed cid_version;
FT_Int cid_font_type;
FT_String* registry;
FT_String* ordering;
FT_Int supplement;
PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
FT_BBox font_bbox;
FT_ULong uid_base;
FT_Int num_xuid;
FT_ULong xuid[16];
FT_ULong cidmap_offset;
FT_Int fd_bytes;
FT_Int gd_bytes;
FT_ULong cid_count;
FT_Int num_dicts;
CID_FaceDict font_dicts;
FT_ULong data_offset;
} CID_FaceInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_Info */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info;
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
*
* @description:
* Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph
* names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
* except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
* glyph name tables.
*
* When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
* names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* face handle
*
* @return:
* Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_info ::
* Output font info structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* String pointers within the @PS_FontInfoRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller. Missing entries
* in the font's FontInfo dictionary are represented by NULL pointers.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will
* return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face,
PS_FontInfo afont_info );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_private ::
* Output private dictionary structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face,
PS_Private afont_private );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* T1_EncodingType */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1 */
/* dictionary. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1 :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT :: */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.4.8 */
/* */
typedef enum T1_EncodingType_
{
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
} T1_EncodingType;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* PS_Dict_Keys */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify */
/* the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX :: */
/* PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS :: */
/* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY :: */
/* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING :: */
/* PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS :: */
/* PS_DICT_SUBR :: */
/* PS_DICT_STD_HW :: */
/* PS_DICT_STD_VW :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H :: */
/* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V :: */
/* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V :: */
/* PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD :: */
/* PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP :: */
/* PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE :: */
/* PS_DICT_LEN_IV :: */
/* PS_DICT_PASSWORD :: */
/* PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP :: */
/* PS_DICT_VERSION :: */
/* PS_DICT_NOTICE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FULL_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_WEIGHT :: */
/* PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */
/* PS_DICT_FS_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.4.8 */
/* */
typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_
{
/* conventionally in the font dictionary */
PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */
/* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */
PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */
/* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */
PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE
} PS_Dict_Keys;
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* key ::
* An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.
*
* idx ::
* For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.
*
* value ::
* A pointer to memory into which to write the value.
*
* valen_len ::
* The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.
*
* @output:
* value ::
* The value matching the above key, if it exists.
*
* @return:
* The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested
* value (if it exists, -1 otherwise).
*
* @note:
* The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of
* the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them
* belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the
* `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be
* used to manipulate the face.
*
* `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of
* various types.
*
* If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the
* required memory size for the requested entry is returned.
*
* The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for
* example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys
* from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It
* is ignored for atomic values.
*
* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To
* get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by
* 65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).
*
* IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can
* be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP,
* ND, and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be
* available either.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.8
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face,
PS_Dict_Keys key,
FT_UInt idx,
void *value,
FT_Long value_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* T1TABLES_H_ */
/* END */

1236
freetype/include/freetype/ttnameid.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

846
freetype/include/freetype/tttables.h
View File

@@ -1,846 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttables.h */
/* */
/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */
/* (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef TTTABLES_H_
#define TTTABLES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* truetype_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueType Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* TrueType specific table types and functions. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains definitions of some basic tables specific to */
/* TrueType and OpenType as well as some routines used to access and */
/* process them. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* TT_Header */
/* TT_HoriHeader */
/* TT_VertHeader */
/* TT_OS2 */
/* TT_Postscript */
/* TT_PCLT */
/* TT_MaxProfile */
/* */
/* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
/* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table */
/* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info */
/* */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
/* */
/* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model a TrueType font header table. All fields */
/* follow the OpenType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Header_
{
FT_Fixed Table_Version;
FT_Fixed Font_Revision;
FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust;
FT_Long Magic_Number;
FT_UShort Flags;
FT_UShort Units_Per_EM;
FT_Long Created [2];
FT_Long Modified[2];
FT_Short xMin;
FT_Short yMin;
FT_Short xMax;
FT_Short yMax;
FT_UShort Mac_Style;
FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
FT_Short Font_Direction;
FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format;
FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format;
} TT_Header;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_HoriHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */
/* `hmtx'. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of all */
/* glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
/* of the `OS/2' table instead if you want */
/* the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. It */
/* is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the `OS/2' table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
/* widths found in the font. It can be */
/* used to compute the maximum width of an */
/* arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
/* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
/* table -- this value can be smaller than */
/* the total number of glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields */
/* can change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and */
/* friends) if the font contains an `MVAR' table: `caret_Slope_Rise', */
/* `caret_Slope_Run', and `caret_Offset'. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */
FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */
FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */
FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the OpenType specification */
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `hmtx' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_HoriHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_VertHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, */
/* `vmtx'. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */
/* field of the `OS/2' table instead if */
/* you want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */
/* distance from the baseline to the */
/* bottom-most of all glyph points found */
/* in the font. It is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the `OS/2' table instead if */
/* you want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */
/* advance heights found in the font. It */
/* can be used to compute the maximum */
/* height of an arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */
/* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_VMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */
/* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */
/* smaller than the total number of glyphs */
/* in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields */
/* can change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and */
/* friends) if the font contains an `MVAR' table: `Ascender', */
/* `Descender', `Line_Gap', `caret_Slope_Rise', `caret_Slope_Run', */
/* and `caret_Offset'. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_VertHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */
FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum top-sb */
FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum bottom-sb */
FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* ymax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the OpenType specification */
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `vmtx' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_VertHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_OS2 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model a TrueType `OS/2' table. All fields comply */
/* to the OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* Note that we now support old Mac fonts that do not include an */
/* `OS/2' table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to */
/* 0xFFFF. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields */
/* can change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and */
/* friends) if the font contains an `MVAR' table: `sCapHeight', */
/* `sTypoAscender', `sTypoDescender', `sTypoLineGap', `sxHeight', */
/* `usWinAscent', `usWinDescent', `yStrikeoutPosition', */
/* `yStrikeoutSize', `ySubscriptXOffset', `ySubScriptXSize', */
/* `ySubscriptYOffset', `ySubscriptYSize', `ySuperscriptXOffset', */
/* `ySuperscriptXSize', `ySuperscriptYOffset', and */
/* `ySuperscriptYSize'. */
/* */
/* Possible values for bits in the `ulUnicodeRangeX' fields are given */
/* by the @TT_UCR_XXX macros. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_OS2_
{
FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
FT_Short xAvgCharWidth;
FT_UShort usWeightClass;
FT_UShort usWidthClass;
FT_UShort fsType;
FT_Short ySubscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset;
FT_Short yStrikeoutSize;
FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition;
FT_Short sFamilyClass;
FT_Byte panose[10];
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */
FT_Char achVendID[4];
FT_UShort fsSelection;
FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex;
FT_UShort usLastCharIndex;
FT_Short sTypoAscender;
FT_Short sTypoDescender;
FT_Short sTypoLineGap;
FT_UShort usWinAscent;
FT_UShort usWinDescent;
/* only version 1 and higher: */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
/* only version 2 and higher: */
FT_Short sxHeight;
FT_Short sCapHeight;
FT_UShort usDefaultChar;
FT_UShort usBreakChar;
FT_UShort usMaxContext;
/* only version 5 and higher: */
FT_UShort usLowerOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
FT_UShort usUpperOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
} TT_OS2;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Postscript */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model a TrueType `post' table. All fields comply */
/* to the OpenType specification. This structure does not reference */
/* a font's PostScript glyph names; use @FT_Get_Glyph_Name to */
/* retrieve them. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields */
/* can change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and */
/* friends) if the font contains an `MVAR' table: `underlinePosition' */
/* and `underlineThickness'. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Postscript_
{
FT_Fixed FormatType;
FT_Fixed italicAngle;
FT_Short underlinePosition;
FT_Short underlineThickness;
FT_ULong isFixedPitch;
FT_ULong minMemType42;
FT_ULong maxMemType42;
FT_ULong minMemType1;
FT_ULong maxMemType1;
/* Glyph names follow in the `post' table, but we don't */
/* load them by default. */
} TT_Postscript;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_PCLT */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model a TrueType `PCLT' table. All fields comply */
/* to the OpenType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_PCLT_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_ULong FontNumber;
FT_UShort Pitch;
FT_UShort xHeight;
FT_UShort Style;
FT_UShort TypeFamily;
FT_UShort CapHeight;
FT_UShort SymbolSet;
FT_Char TypeFace[16];
FT_Char CharacterComplement[8];
FT_Char FileName[6];
FT_Char StrokeWeight;
FT_Char WidthType;
FT_Byte SerifStyle;
FT_Byte Reserved;
} TT_PCLT;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_MaxProfile */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The maximum profile (`maxp') table contains many max values, which */
/* can be used to pre-allocate arrays for speeding up glyph loading */
/* and hinting. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* version :: The version number. */
/* */
/* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */
/* font. */
/* */
/* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* `maxCompositePoints'. */
/* */
/* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* `maxCompositeContours'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* `maxPoints'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* `maxContours'. */
/* */
/* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */
/* glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */
/* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */
/* storage area used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
/* during bytecode interpretation. */
/* */
/* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */
/* used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */
/* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */
/* */
/* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */
/* glyphs. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This structure is only used during font loading. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_
{
FT_Fixed version;
FT_UShort numGlyphs;
FT_UShort maxPoints;
FT_UShort maxContours;
FT_UShort maxCompositePoints;
FT_UShort maxCompositeContours;
FT_UShort maxZones;
FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints;
FT_UShort maxStorage;
FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs;
FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs;
FT_UShort maxStackElements;
FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions;
FT_UShort maxComponentElements;
FT_UShort maxComponentDepth;
} TT_MaxProfile;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration to specify indices of SFNT tables loaded and parsed */
/* by FreeType during initialization of an SFNT font. Used in the */
/* @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_SFNT_HEAD :: To access the font's @TT_Header structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_MAXP :: To access the font's @TT_MaxProfile structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_OS2 :: To access the font's @TT_OS2 structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_HHEA :: To access the font's @TT_HoriHeader structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_VHEA :: To access the font's @TT_VertHeader structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_POST :: To access the font's @TT_Postscript structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_PCLT :: To access the font's @TT_PCLT structure. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_
{
FT_SFNT_HEAD,
FT_SFNT_MAXP,
FT_SFNT_OS2,
FT_SFNT_HHEA,
FT_SFNT_VHEA,
FT_SFNT_POST,
FT_SFNT_PCLT,
FT_SFNT_MAX
} FT_Sfnt_Tag;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Sfnt_Tag' */
/* values instead */
#define ft_sfnt_head FT_SFNT_HEAD
#define ft_sfnt_maxp FT_SFNT_MAXP
#define ft_sfnt_os2 FT_SFNT_OS2
#define ft_sfnt_hhea FT_SFNT_HHEA
#define ft_sfnt_vhea FT_SFNT_VHEA
#define ft_sfnt_post FT_SFNT_POST
#define ft_sfnt_pclt FT_SFNT_PCLT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table stored within a face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source. */
/* */
/* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be NULL in case of */
/* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */
/* from the file. */
/* */
/* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */
/* elements. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */
/* */
/* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
/* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
/* a list. */
/* */
/* Here an example how to access the `vhea' table: */
/* */
/* { */
/* TT_VertHeader* vert_header; */
/* */
/* */
/* vert_header = */
/* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, FT_SFNT_VHEA ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void* )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_Sfnt_Tag tag );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
*
* @description:
* Load any SFNT font table into client memory.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* tag ::
* The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use value~0 if you want
* to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the
* definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
* one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
*
* offset ::
* The starting offset in the table (or file if tag~==~0).
*
* @output:
* buffer ::
* The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory
* array is big enough to hold the data.
*
* @inout:
* length ::
* If the `length' parameter is NULL, try to load the whole table.
* Return an error code if it fails.
*
* Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the
* table's (or file) full size in it.
*
* Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
* starting offset.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
* function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_ULong length = 0;
*
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
*
* buffer = malloc( length );
* if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
* }
*
* Note that structures like @TT_Header or @TT_OS2 can't be used with
* this function; they are limited to @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table. Reason is that
* those structures depend on the processor architecture, with varying
* size (e.g. 32bit vs. 64bit) or order (big endian vs. little endian).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_ULong tag,
FT_Long offset,
FT_Byte* buffer,
FT_ULong* length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
*
* @description:
* Return information on an SFNT table.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* table_index ::
* The index of an SFNT table. The function returns
* FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
*
* @inout:
* tag ::
* The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is NULL, `table_index'
* is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the
* font.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending
* on `tag').
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as
* missing.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt table_index,
FT_ULong *tag,
FT_ULong *length );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return cmap language ID as specified in the OpenType standard. */
/* Definitions of language ID values are in file @FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to an */
/* SFNT face, just return~0 as the default value. */
/* */
/* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is */
/* 0xFFFFFFFF. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return the format of an SFNT `cmap' table. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to an SFNT */
/* face, return -1. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTTABLES_H_ */
/* END */

121
freetype/include/freetype/tttags.h
View File

@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttags.h */
/* */
/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef TTAGS_H_
#define TTAGS_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
#define TTAG_CBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_CBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_CFF2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', '2' )
#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_HVAR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'H', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
#define TTAG_MVAR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
#define TTAG_sbix FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'b', 'i', 'x' )
#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_VVAR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
#define TTAG_wOFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', 'F' )
/* used by "Keyboard.dfont" on legacy Mac OS X */
#define TTAG_0xA5kbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 0xA5, 'k', 'b', 'd' )
/* used by "LastResort.dfont" on legacy Mac OS X */
#define TTAG_0xA5lst FT_MAKE_TAG( 0xA5, 'l', 's', 't' )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTAGS_H_ */
/* END */

42
freetype/include/ft2build.h
View File

@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ft2build.h */
/* */
/* FreeType 2 build and setup macros. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This is the `entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions. It is */
/* the only header file which should be included directly; all other */
/* FreeType header files should be accessed with macro names (after */
/* including `ft2build.h'). */
/* */
/* A typical example is */
/* */
/* #include <ft2build.h> */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FT2BUILD_H_
#define FT2BUILD_H_
#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
#endif /* FT2BUILD_H_ */
/* END */

BIN
freetype/win32/freetype.lib
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
freetype/win64/freetype.lib
View File

Binary file not shown.

1930
include/lodepng.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2309
include/tinyxml2.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

5992
lib/lodepng.cpp
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2837
lib/tinyxml2.cpp
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

12
main.cpp
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
/*
* MULTI-CHANNEL SIGNED DISTANCE FIELD GENERATOR v1.9 (2021-05-28) - standalone console program
* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* A utility by Viktor Chlumsky, (c) 2014 - 2021
* MULTI-CHANNEL SIGNED DISTANCE FIELD GENERATOR - standalone console program
* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
* A utility by Viktor Chlumsky, (c) 2014 - 2022
*
*/
@@ -276,6 +276,10 @@ static const char * writeOutput(const BitmapConstRef<float, N> &bitmap, const ch
return NULL;
}
#define STRINGIZE_(x) #x
#define STRINGIZE(x) STRINGIZE_(x)
#define MSDFGEN_VERSION_STRING STRINGIZE(MSDFGEN_VERSION)
#if defined(MSDFGEN_USE_SKIA) && defined(MSDFGEN_USE_OPENMP)
#define TITLE_SUFFIX " with Skia & OpenMP"
#define EXTRA_UNDERLINE "-------------------"
@@ -292,7 +296,7 @@ static const char * writeOutput(const BitmapConstRef<float, N> &bitmap, const ch
static const char *helpText =
"\n"
"Multi-channel signed distance field generator by Viktor Chlumsky v" MSDFGEN_VERSION TITLE_SUFFIX "\n"
"Multi-channel signed distance field generator by Viktor Chlumsky v" MSDFGEN_VERSION_STRING TITLE_SUFFIX "\n"
"---------------------------------------------------------------------" EXTRA_UNDERLINE "\n"
" Usage: msdfgen"
#ifdef _WIN32

6
msdfgen-ext.h
View File

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
#pragma once
/*
* MULTI-CHANNEL SIGNED DISTANCE FIELD GENERATOR v1.9 (2021-05-28) - extensions
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* A utility by Viktor Chlumsky, (c) 2014 - 2021
* MULTI-CHANNEL SIGNED DISTANCE FIELD GENERATOR
* ---------------------------------------------
* A utility by Viktor Chlumsky, (c) 2014 - 2022
*
* The extension module provides ways to easily load input and save output using popular formats.
*

8
msdfgen.h
View File

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
#pragma once
/*
* MULTI-CHANNEL SIGNED DISTANCE FIELD GENERATOR v1.9 (2021-05-28)
* ---------------------------------------------------------------
* A utility by Viktor Chlumsky, (c) 2014 - 2021
* MULTI-CHANNEL SIGNED DISTANCE FIELD GENERATOR
* ---------------------------------------------
* A utility by Viktor Chlumsky, (c) 2014 - 2022
*
* The technique used to generate multi-channel distance fields in this code
* has been developed by Viktor Chlumsky in 2014 for his master's thesis,
@@ -34,8 +34,6 @@
#include "core/save-tiff.h"
#include "core/shape-description.h"
#define MSDFGEN_VERSION "1.9"
namespace msdfgen {
/// Generates a conventional single-channel signed distance field.

BIN
resource.h
View File

Binary file not shown.

29
skia/LICENSE
View File

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2011 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
//
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
// met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
// distribution.
// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
// this software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

40
skia/include/android/SkAndroidFrameworkUtils.h
View File

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2017 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkAndroidFrameworkUtils_DEFINED
#define SkAndroidFrameworkUtils_DEFINED
#include "SkTypes.h"
#ifdef SK_BUILD_FOR_ANDROID_FRAMEWORK
class SkCanvas;
/**
* SkAndroidFrameworkUtils expose private APIs used only by Android framework.
*/
class SkAndroidFrameworkUtils {
public:
#if SK_SUPPORT_GPU
/**
* clipWithStencil draws the current clip into a stencil buffer with reference value and mask
* set to 0x1. This function works only on a GPU canvas.
*
* @param canvas A GPU canvas that has a non-empty clip.
*
* @return true on success or false if clip is empty or not a GPU canvas.
*/
static bool clipWithStencil(SkCanvas* canvas);
#endif //SK_SUPPORT_GPU
static void SafetyNetLog(const char*);
};
#endif // SK_BUILD_FOR_ANDROID_ANDROID
#endif // SkAndroidFrameworkUtils_DEFINED

154
skia/include/android/SkAnimatedImage.h
View File

@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2018 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkAnimatedImage_DEFINED
#define SkAnimatedImage_DEFINED
#include "SkBitmap.h"
#include "SkCodecAnimation.h"
#include "SkDrawable.h"
#include "SkMatrix.h"
#include "SkRect.h"
class SkAndroidCodec;
class SkPicture;
/**
* Thread unsafe drawable for drawing animated images (e.g. GIF).
*/
class SK_API SkAnimatedImage : public SkDrawable {
public:
/**
* Create an SkAnimatedImage from the SkAndroidCodec.
*
* Returns null on failure to allocate pixels. On success, this will
* decode the first frame.
*
* @param scaledSize Size to draw the image, possibly requiring scaling.
* @param cropRect Rectangle to crop to after scaling.
* @param postProcess Picture to apply after scaling and cropping.
*/
static sk_sp<SkAnimatedImage> Make(std::unique_ptr<SkAndroidCodec>,
SkISize scaledSize, SkIRect cropRect, sk_sp<SkPicture> postProcess);
/**
* Simpler version that uses the default size, no cropping, and no postProcess.
*/
static sk_sp<SkAnimatedImage> Make(std::unique_ptr<SkAndroidCodec>);
~SkAnimatedImage() override;
/**
* Reset the animation to the beginning.
*/
void reset();
/**
* Whether the animation completed.
*
* Returns true after all repetitions are complete, or an error stops the
* animation. Gets reset to false if the animation is restarted.
*/
bool isFinished() const { return fFinished; }
/**
* Returned by decodeNextFrame and currentFrameDuration if the animation
* is not running.
*/
static constexpr int kFinished = -1;
/**
* Decode the next frame.
*
* If the animation is on the last frame or has hit an error, returns
* kFinished.
*/
int decodeNextFrame();
/**
* How long to display the current frame.
*
* Useful for the first frame, for which decodeNextFrame is called
* internally.
*/
int currentFrameDuration() {
return fCurrentFrameDuration;
}
/**
* Change the repetition count.
*
* By default, the image will repeat the number of times indicated in the
* encoded data.
*
* Use SkCodec::kRepetitionCountInfinite for infinite, and 0 to show all
* frames once and then stop.
*/
void setRepetitionCount(int count);
/**
* Return the currently set repetition count.
*/
int getRepetitionCount() const {
return fRepetitionCount;
}
protected:
SkRect onGetBounds() override;
void onDraw(SkCanvas*) override;
private:
struct Frame {
SkBitmap fBitmap;
int fIndex;
SkCodecAnimation::DisposalMethod fDisposalMethod;
// init() may have to create a new SkPixelRef, if the
// current one is already in use by another owner (e.g.
// an SkPicture). This determines whether to copy the
// existing one to the new one.
enum class OnInit {
// Restore the image from the old SkPixelRef to the
// new one.
kRestoreIfNecessary,
// No need to restore.
kNoRestore,
};
Frame();
bool init(const SkImageInfo& info, OnInit);
bool copyTo(Frame*) const;
};
std::unique_ptr<SkAndroidCodec> fCodec;
const SkISize fScaledSize;
const SkImageInfo fDecodeInfo;
const SkIRect fCropRect;
const sk_sp<SkPicture> fPostProcess;
const int fFrameCount;
const bool fSimple; // no crop, scale, or postprocess
SkMatrix fMatrix; // used only if !fSimple
bool fFinished;
int fCurrentFrameDuration;
Frame fDisplayFrame;
Frame fDecodingFrame;
Frame fRestoreFrame;
int fRepetitionCount;
int fRepetitionsCompleted;
SkAnimatedImage(std::unique_ptr<SkAndroidCodec>, SkISize scaledSize,
SkImageInfo decodeInfo, SkIRect cropRect, sk_sp<SkPicture> postProcess);
SkAnimatedImage(std::unique_ptr<SkAndroidCodec>);
int computeNextFrame(int current, bool* animationEnded);
double finish();
typedef SkDrawable INHERITED;
};
#endif // SkAnimatedImage_DEFINED

29
skia/include/android/SkBRDAllocator.h
View File

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2015 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkBRDAllocator_DEFINED
#define SkBRDAllocator_DEFINED
#include "SkBitmap.h"
#include "SkCodec.h"
/**
* Abstract subclass of SkBitmap's allocator.
* Allows the allocator to indicate if the memory it allocates
* is zero initialized.
*/
class SkBRDAllocator : public SkBitmap::Allocator {
public:
/**
* Indicates if the memory allocated by this allocator is
* zero initialized.
*/
virtual SkCodec::ZeroInitialized zeroInit() const = 0;
};
#endif // SkBRDAllocator_DEFINED

92
skia/include/android/SkBitmapRegionDecoder.h
View File

@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2015 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkBitmapRegionDecoder_DEFINED
#define SkBitmapRegionDecoder_DEFINED
#include "SkBitmap.h"
#include "SkBRDAllocator.h"
#include "SkEncodedImageFormat.h"
#include "SkStream.h"
/*
* This class aims to provide an interface to test multiple implementations of
* SkBitmapRegionDecoder.
*/
class SK_API SkBitmapRegionDecoder {
public:
enum Strategy {
kAndroidCodec_Strategy, // Uses SkAndroidCodec for scaling and subsetting
};
/*
* @param data Refs the data while this object exists, unrefs on destruction
* @param strategy Strategy used for scaling and subsetting
* @return Tries to create an SkBitmapRegionDecoder, returns NULL on failure
*/
static SkBitmapRegionDecoder* Create(sk_sp<SkData>, Strategy strategy);
/*
* @param stream Takes ownership of the stream
* @param strategy Strategy used for scaling and subsetting
* @return Tries to create an SkBitmapRegionDecoder, returns NULL on failure
*/
static SkBitmapRegionDecoder* Create(
SkStreamRewindable* stream, Strategy strategy);
/*
* Decode a scaled region of the encoded image stream
*
* @param bitmap Container for decoded pixels. It is assumed that the pixels
* are initially unallocated and will be allocated by this function.
* @param allocator Allocator for the pixels. If this is NULL, the default
* allocator (HeapAllocator) will be used.
* @param desiredSubset Subset of the original image to decode.
* @param sampleSize An integer downscaling factor for the decode.
* @param colorType Preferred output colorType.
* New implementations should return NULL if they do not support
* decoding to this color type.
* The old kOriginal_Strategy will decode to a default color type
* if this color type is unsupported.
* @param requireUnpremul If the image is not opaque, we will use this to determine the
* alpha type to use.
* @param prefColorSpace If non-null and supported, this is the color space that we will
* decode into. Otherwise, we will choose a default.
*
*/
virtual bool decodeRegion(SkBitmap* bitmap, SkBRDAllocator* allocator,
const SkIRect& desiredSubset, int sampleSize,
SkColorType colorType, bool requireUnpremul,
sk_sp<SkColorSpace> prefColorSpace = nullptr) = 0;
virtual SkEncodedImageFormat getEncodedFormat() = 0;
virtual SkColorType computeOutputColorType(SkColorType requestedColorType) = 0;
virtual sk_sp<SkColorSpace> computeOutputColorSpace(SkColorType outputColorType,
sk_sp<SkColorSpace> prefColorSpace = nullptr) = 0;
int width() const { return fWidth; }
int height() const { return fHeight; }
virtual ~SkBitmapRegionDecoder() {}
protected:
SkBitmapRegionDecoder(int width, int height)
: fWidth(width)
, fHeight(height)
{}
private:
const int fWidth;
const int fHeight;
};
#endif

42
skia/include/atlastext/SkAtlasTextContext.h
View File

@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2017 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkAtlasTextContext_DEFINED
#define SkAtlasTextContext_DEFINED
#include "SkRefCnt.h"
class SkAtlasTextRenderer;
class SkInternalAtlasTextContext;
SkAtlasTextRenderer* SkGetAtlasTextRendererFromInternalContext(class SkInternalAtlasTextContext&);
/**
* Class that Atlas Text client uses to register their SkAtlasTextRenderer implementation and
* to create one or more SkAtlasTextTargets (destination surfaces for text rendering).
*/
class SK_API SkAtlasTextContext : public SkRefCnt {
public:
static sk_sp<SkAtlasTextContext> Make(sk_sp<SkAtlasTextRenderer>);
SkAtlasTextRenderer* renderer() const {
return SkGetAtlasTextRendererFromInternalContext(*fInternalContext);
}
SkInternalAtlasTextContext& internal() { return *fInternalContext; }
private:
SkAtlasTextContext() = delete;
SkAtlasTextContext(const SkAtlasTextContext&) = delete;
SkAtlasTextContext& operator=(const SkAtlasTextContext&) = delete;
SkAtlasTextContext(sk_sp<SkAtlasTextRenderer>);
std::unique_ptr<SkInternalAtlasTextContext> fInternalContext;
};
#endif

35
skia/include/atlastext/SkAtlasTextFont.h
View File

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2017 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkAtlasTextFont_DEFINED
#define SkAtlasTextFont_DEFINED
#include "SkRefCnt.h"
#include "SkTypeface.h"
/** Represents a font at a size. TODO: What else do we need here (skewX, scaleX, vertical, ...)? */
class SK_API SkAtlasTextFont : public SkRefCnt {
public:
static sk_sp<SkAtlasTextFont> Make(sk_sp<SkTypeface> typeface, SkScalar size) {
return sk_sp<SkAtlasTextFont>(new SkAtlasTextFont(std::move(typeface), size));
}
SkTypeface* typeface() const { return fTypeface.get(); }
sk_sp<SkTypeface> refTypeface() const { return fTypeface; }
SkScalar size() const { return fSize; }
private:
SkAtlasTextFont(sk_sp<SkTypeface> typeface, SkScalar size)
: fTypeface(std::move(typeface)), fSize(size) {}
sk_sp<SkTypeface> fTypeface;
SkScalar fSize;
};
#endif

72
skia/include/atlastext/SkAtlasTextRenderer.h
View File

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2017 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#include "SkPoint3.h"
#include "SkRefCnt.h"
#ifndef SkAtlasTextRenderer_DEFINED
#define SkAtlasTextRenderer_DEFINED
/**
* This is the base class for a renderer implemented by the SkAtlasText client. The
* SkAtlasTextContext issues texture creations, deletions, uploads, and vertex draws to the
* renderer. The renderer must perform those actions in the order called to correctly render
* the text drawn to SkAtlasTextTargets.
*/
class SK_API SkAtlasTextRenderer : public SkRefCnt {
public:
enum class AtlasFormat {
/** Unsigned normalized 8 bit single channel format. */
kA8
};
struct SDFVertex {
/** Position in device space (not normalized). The third component is w (not z). */
SkPoint3 fPosition;
/** Color, same value for all four corners of a glyph quad. */
uint32_t fColor;
/** Texture coordinate (in texel units, not normalized). */
int16_t fTextureCoordX;
int16_t fTextureCoordY;
};
virtual ~SkAtlasTextRenderer() = default;
/**
* Create a texture of the provided format with dimensions 'width' x 'height'
* and return a unique handle.
*/
virtual void* createTexture(AtlasFormat, int width, int height) = 0;
/**
* Delete the texture with the passed handle.
*/
virtual void deleteTexture(void* textureHandle) = 0;
/**
* Place the pixel data specified by 'data' in the texture with handle
* 'textureHandle' in the rectangle ['x', 'x' + 'width') x ['y', 'y' + 'height').
* 'rowBytes' specifies the byte offset between successive rows in 'data' and will always be
* a multiple of the number of bytes per pixel.
* The pixel format of data is the same as that of 'textureHandle'.
*/
virtual void setTextureData(void* textureHandle, const void* data, int x, int y, int width,
int height, size_t rowBytes) = 0;
/**
* Draws glyphs using SDFs. The SDF data resides in 'textureHandle'. The array
* 'vertices' provides interleaved device-space positions, colors, and
* texture coordinates. There are are 4 * 'quadCnt' entries in 'vertices'.
*/
virtual void drawSDFGlyphs(void* targetHandle, void* textureHandle, const SDFVertex vertices[],
int quadCnt) = 0;
/** Called when a SkAtlasTextureTarget is destroyed. */
virtual void targetDeleted(void* targetHandle) = 0;
};
#endif

100
skia/include/atlastext/SkAtlasTextTarget.h
View File

@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2017 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkAtlasTextTarget_DEFINED
#define SkAtlasTextTarget_DEFINED
#include "SkDeque.h"
#include "SkRefCnt.h"
#include "SkScalar.h"
#include <memory>
class SkAtlasTextContext;
class SkAtlasTextFont;
class SkMatrix;
struct SkPoint;
/** Represents a client-created renderable surface and is used to draw text into the surface. */
class SK_API SkAtlasTextTarget {
public:
virtual ~SkAtlasTextTarget();
/**
* Creates a text drawing target. ‘handle’ is used to identify this rendering surface when
* draws are flushed to the SkAtlasTextContext's SkAtlasTextRenderer.
*/
static std::unique_ptr<SkAtlasTextTarget> Make(sk_sp<SkAtlasTextContext>,
int width,
int height,
void* handle);
/**
* Enqueues a text draw in the target. The caller provides an array of glyphs and their
* positions. The meaning of 'color' here is interpreted by the client's SkAtlasTextRenderer
* when it actually renders the text.
*/
virtual void drawText(const SkGlyphID[], const SkPoint[], int glyphCnt, uint32_t color,
const SkAtlasTextFont&) = 0;
/** Issues all queued text draws to SkAtlasTextRenderer. */
virtual void flush() = 0;
int width() const { return fWidth; }
int height() const { return fHeight; }
void* handle() const { return fHandle; }
SkAtlasTextContext* context() const { return fContext.get(); }
/** Saves the current matrix in a stack. Returns the prior depth of the saved matrix stack. */
int save();
/** Pops the top matrix on the stack if the stack is not empty. */
void restore();
/**
* Pops the matrix stack until the stack depth is count. Does nothing if the depth is already
* less than count.
*/
void restoreToCount(int count);
/** Pre-translates the current CTM. */
void translate(SkScalar dx, SkScalar dy);
/** Pre-scales the current CTM. */
void scale(SkScalar sx, SkScalar sy);
/** Pre-rotates the current CTM about the origin. */
void rotate(SkScalar degrees);
/** Pre-rotates the current CTM about the (px, py). */
void rotate(SkScalar degrees, SkScalar px, SkScalar py);
/** Pre-skews the current CTM. */
void skew(SkScalar sx, SkScalar sy);
/** Pre-concats the current CTM. */
void concat(const SkMatrix& matrix);
protected:
SkAtlasTextTarget(sk_sp<SkAtlasTextContext>, int width, int height, void* handle);
const SkMatrix& ctm() const { return *static_cast<const SkMatrix*>(fMatrixStack.back()); }
void* const fHandle;
const sk_sp<SkAtlasTextContext> fContext;
const int fWidth;
const int fHeight;
private:
SkDeque fMatrixStack;
int fSaveCnt;
SkMatrix* accessCTM() const {
return static_cast<SkMatrix*>(const_cast<void*>(fMatrixStack.back()));
}
SkAtlasTextTarget() = delete;
SkAtlasTextTarget(const SkAtlasTextContext&) = delete;
SkAtlasTextTarget& operator=(const SkAtlasTextContext&) = delete;
};
#endif

159
skia/include/c/sk_canvas.h
View File

@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
// EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL
// DO NOT USE -- FOR INTERNAL TESTING ONLY
#ifndef sk_canvas_DEFINED
#define sk_canvas_DEFINED
#include "sk_types.h"
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
/**
Save the current matrix and clip on the canvas. When the
balancing call to sk_canvas_restore() is made, the previous matrix
and clip are restored.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_save(sk_canvas_t*);
/**
This behaves the same as sk_canvas_save(), but in addition it
allocates an offscreen surface. All drawing calls are directed
there, and only when the balancing call to sk_canvas_restore() is
made is that offscreen transfered to the canvas (or the previous
layer).
@param sk_rect_t* (may be null) This rect, if non-null, is used as
a hint to limit the size of the offscreen, and
thus drawing may be clipped to it, though that
clipping is not guaranteed to happen. If exact
clipping is desired, use sk_canvas_clip_rect().
@param sk_paint_t* (may be null) The paint is copied, and is applied
to the offscreen when sk_canvas_restore() is
called.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_save_layer(sk_canvas_t*, const sk_rect_t*, const sk_paint_t*);
/**
This call balances a previous call to sk_canvas_save() or
sk_canvas_save_layer(), and is used to remove all modifications to
the matrix and clip state since the last save call. It is an
error to call sk_canvas_restore() more times than save and
save_layer were called.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_restore(sk_canvas_t*);
/**
Preconcat the current coordinate transformation matrix with the
specified translation.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_translate(sk_canvas_t*, float dx, float dy);
/**
Preconcat the current coordinate transformation matrix with the
specified scale.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_scale(sk_canvas_t*, float sx, float sy);
/**
Preconcat the current coordinate transformation matrix with the
specified rotation in degrees.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_rotate_degrees(sk_canvas_t*, float degrees);
/**
Preconcat the current coordinate transformation matrix with the
specified rotation in radians.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_rotate_radians(sk_canvas_t*, float radians);
/**
Preconcat the current coordinate transformation matrix with the
specified skew.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_skew(sk_canvas_t*, float sx, float sy);
/**
Preconcat the current coordinate transformation matrix with the
specified matrix.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_concat(sk_canvas_t*, const sk_matrix_t*);
/**
Modify the current clip with the specified rectangle. The new
current clip will be the intersection of the old clip and the
rectange.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_clip_rect(sk_canvas_t*, const sk_rect_t*);
/**
Modify the current clip with the specified path. The new
current clip will be the intersection of the old clip and the
path.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_clip_path(sk_canvas_t*, const sk_path_t*);
/**
Fill the entire canvas (restricted to the current clip) with the
specified paint.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_draw_paint(sk_canvas_t*, const sk_paint_t*);
/**
Draw the specified rectangle using the specified paint. The
rectangle will be filled or stroked based on the style in the
paint.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_draw_rect(sk_canvas_t*, const sk_rect_t*, const sk_paint_t*);
/**
* Draw the circle centered at (cx, cy) with radius rad using the specified paint.
* The circle will be filled or framed based on the style in the paint
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_draw_circle(sk_canvas_t*, float cx, float cy, float rad, const sk_paint_t*);
/**
Draw the specified oval using the specified paint. The oval will be
filled or framed based on the style in the paint
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_draw_oval(sk_canvas_t*, const sk_rect_t*, const sk_paint_t*);
/**
Draw the specified path using the specified paint. The path will be
filled or framed based on the style in the paint
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_draw_path(sk_canvas_t*, const sk_path_t*, const sk_paint_t*);
/**
Draw the specified image, with its top/left corner at (x,y), using
the specified paint, transformed by the current matrix.
@param sk_paint_t* (may be NULL) the paint used to draw the image.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_draw_image(sk_canvas_t*, const sk_image_t*,
float x, float y, const sk_paint_t*);
/**
Draw the specified image, scaling and translating so that it fills
the specified dst rect. If the src rect is non-null, only that
subset of the image is transformed and drawn.
@param sk_paint_t* (may be NULL) The paint used to draw the image.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_draw_image_rect(sk_canvas_t*, const sk_image_t*,
const sk_rect_t* src,
const sk_rect_t* dst, const sk_paint_t*);
/**
Draw the picture into this canvas (replay the pciture's drawing commands).
@param sk_matrix_t* If non-null, apply that matrix to the CTM when
drawing this picture. This is logically
equivalent to: save, concat, draw_picture,
restore.
@param sk_paint_t* If non-null, draw the picture into a temporary
buffer, and then apply the paint's alpha,
colorfilter, imagefilter, and xfermode to that
buffer as it is drawn to the canvas. This is
logically equivalent to save_layer(paint),
draw_picture, restore.
*/
SK_API void sk_canvas_draw_picture(sk_canvas_t*, const sk_picture_t*,
const sk_matrix_t*, const sk_paint_t*);
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif

25
skia/include/c/sk_colorspace.h
View File

@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2018 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
// EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL
// DO NOT USE -- FOR INTERNAL TESTING ONLY
#ifndef sk_imageinfo_DEFINED
#define sk_imageinfo_DEFINED
#include "sk_types.h"
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
sk_colorspace_t* sk_colorspace_new_srgb();
void sk_colorspace_ref(sk_colorspace_t*);
void sk_colorspace_unref(sk_colorspace_t*);
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif

70
skia/include/c/sk_data.h
View File

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
// EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL
// DO NOT USE -- FOR INTERNAL TESTING ONLY
#ifndef sk_data_DEFINED
#define sk_data_DEFINED
#include "sk_types.h"
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
/**
Returns a new empty sk_data_t. This call must be balanced with a call to
sk_data_unref().
*/
SK_API sk_data_t* sk_data_new_empty(void);
/**
Returns a new sk_data_t by copying the specified source data.
This call must be balanced with a call to sk_data_unref().
*/
SK_API sk_data_t* sk_data_new_with_copy(const void* src, size_t length);
/**
Pass ownership of the given memory to a new sk_data_t, which will
call free() when the refernce count of the data goes to zero. For
example:
size_t length = 1024;
void* buffer = malloc(length);
memset(buffer, 'X', length);
sk_data_t* data = sk_data_new_from_malloc(buffer, length);
This call must be balanced with a call to sk_data_unref().
*/
SK_API sk_data_t* sk_data_new_from_malloc(const void* memory, size_t length);
/**
Returns a new sk_data_t using a subset of the data in the
specified source sk_data_t. This call must be balanced with a
call to sk_data_unref().
*/
SK_API sk_data_t* sk_data_new_subset(const sk_data_t* src, size_t offset, size_t length);
/**
Increment the reference count on the given sk_data_t. Must be
balanced by a call to sk_data_unref().
*/
SK_API void sk_data_ref(const sk_data_t*);
/**
Decrement the reference count. If the reference count is 1 before
the decrement, then release both the memory holding the sk_data_t
and the memory it is managing. New sk_data_t are created with a
reference count of 1.
*/
SK_API void sk_data_unref(const sk_data_t*);
/**
Returns the number of bytes stored.
*/
SK_API size_t sk_data_get_size(const sk_data_t*);
/**
Returns the pointer to the data.
*/
SK_API const void* sk_data_get_data(const sk_data_t*);
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif

71
skia/include/c/sk_image.h
View File

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
// EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL
// DO NOT USE -- FOR INTERNAL TESTING ONLY
#ifndef sk_image_DEFINED
#define sk_image_DEFINED
#include "sk_types.h"
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
/**
* Return a new image that has made a copy of the provided pixels, or NULL on failure.
* Balance with a call to sk_image_unref().
*/
SK_API sk_image_t* sk_image_new_raster_copy(const sk_imageinfo_t*, const void* pixels, size_t rowBytes);
/**
* If the specified data can be interpreted as a compressed image (e.g. PNG or JPEG) then this
* returns an image. If the encoded data is not supported, returns NULL.
*
* On success, the encoded data may be processed immediately, or it may be ref()'d for later
* use.
*/
SK_API sk_image_t* sk_image_new_from_encoded(const sk_data_t* encoded, const sk_irect_t* subset);
/**
* Encode the image's pixels and return the result as a new PNG in a
* sk_data_t, which the caller must manage: call sk_data_unref() when
* they are done.
*
* If the image type cannot be encoded, this will return NULL.
*/
SK_API sk_data_t* sk_image_encode(const sk_image_t*);
/**
* Increment the reference count on the given sk_image_t. Must be
* balanced by a call to sk_image_unref().
*/
SK_API void sk_image_ref(const sk_image_t*);
/**
* Decrement the reference count. If the reference count is 1 before
* the decrement, then release both the memory holding the sk_image_t
* and the memory it is managing. New sk_image_t are created with a
reference count of 1.
*/
SK_API void sk_image_unref(const sk_image_t*);
/**
* Return the width of the sk_image_t/
*/
SK_API int sk_image_get_width(const sk_image_t*);
/**
* Return the height of the sk_image_t/
*/
SK_API int sk_image_get_height(const sk_image_t*);
/**
* Returns a non-zero value unique among all images.
*/
SK_API uint32_t sk_image_get_unique_id(const sk_image_t*);
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif

62
skia/include/c/sk_imageinfo.h
View File

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2018 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
// EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL
// DO NOT USE -- FOR INTERNAL TESTING ONLY
#ifndef sk_imageinfo_DEFINED
#define sk_imageinfo_DEFINED
#include "sk_types.h"
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
typedef enum {
UNKNOWN_SK_COLORTYPE,
RGBA_8888_SK_COLORTYPE,
BGRA_8888_SK_COLORTYPE,
ALPHA_8_SK_COLORTYPE,
GRAY_8_SK_COLORTYPE,
RGBA_F16_SK_COLORTYPE,
RGBA_F32_SK_COLORTYPE,
} sk_colortype_t;
typedef enum {
OPAQUE_SK_ALPHATYPE,
PREMUL_SK_ALPHATYPE,
UNPREMUL_SK_ALPHATYPE,
} sk_alphatype_t;
/**
* Allocate a new imageinfo object. If colorspace is not null, it's owner-count will be
* incremented automatically.
*/
sk_imageinfo_t* sk_imageinfo_new(int width, int height, sk_colortype_t ct, sk_alphatype_t at,
sk_colorspace_t* cs);
/**
* Free the imageinfo object. If it contains a reference to a colorspace, its owner-count will
* be decremented automatically.
*/
void sk_imageinfo_delete(sk_imageinfo_t*);
int32_t sk_imageinfo_get_width(sk_imageinfo_t*);
int32_t sk_imageinfo_get_height(sk_imageinfo_t*);
sk_colortype_t sk_imageinfo_get_colortype(sk_imageinfo_t*);
sk_alphatype_t sk_imageinfo_get_alphatype(sk_imageinfo_t*);
/**
* Return the colorspace object reference contained in the imageinfo, or null if there is none.
* Note: this does not modify the owner-count on the colorspace object. If the caller needs to
* use the colorspace beyond the lifetime of the imageinfo, it should manually call
* sk_colorspace_ref() (and then call unref() when it is done).
*/
sk_colorspace_t* sk_imageinfo_get_colorspace(sk_imageinfo_t*);
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif

47
skia/include/c/sk_maskfilter.h
View File

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
// EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL
// DO NOT USE -- FOR INTERNAL TESTING ONLY
#ifndef sk_maskfilter_DEFINED
#define sk_maskfilter_DEFINED
#include "sk_types.h"
typedef enum {
NORMAL_SK_BLUR_STYLE, //!< fuzzy inside and outside
SOLID_SK_BLUR_STYLE, //!< solid inside, fuzzy outside
OUTER_SK_BLUR_STYLE, //!< nothing inside, fuzzy outside
INNER_SK_BLUR_STYLE, //!< fuzzy inside, nothing outside
} sk_blurstyle_t;
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
/**
Increment the reference count on the given sk_maskfilter_t. Must be
balanced by a call to sk_maskfilter_unref().
*/
void sk_maskfilter_ref(sk_maskfilter_t*);
/**
Decrement the reference count. If the reference count is 1 before
the decrement, then release both the memory holding the
sk_maskfilter_t and any other associated resources. New
sk_maskfilter_t are created with a reference count of 1.
*/
void sk_maskfilter_unref(sk_maskfilter_t*);
/**
Create a blur maskfilter.
@param sk_blurstyle_t The SkBlurStyle to use
@param sigma Standard deviation of the Gaussian blur to apply. Must be > 0.
*/
sk_maskfilter_t* sk_maskfilter_new_blur(sk_blurstyle_t, float sigma);
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif

49
skia/include/c/sk_matrix.h
View File

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
// EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL
// DO NOT USE -- FOR INTERNAL TESTING ONLY
#ifndef sk_matrix_DEFINED
#define sk_matrix_DEFINED
#include "sk_types.h"
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
/** Set the matrix to identity */
void sk_matrix_set_identity(sk_matrix_t*);
/** Set the matrix to translate by (tx, ty). */
void sk_matrix_set_translate(sk_matrix_t*, float tx, float ty);
/**
Preconcats the matrix with the specified translation.
M' = M * T(dx, dy)
*/
void sk_matrix_pre_translate(sk_matrix_t*, float tx, float ty);
/**
Postconcats the matrix with the specified translation.
M' = T(dx, dy) * M
*/
void sk_matrix_post_translate(sk_matrix_t*, float tx, float ty);
/** Set the matrix to scale by sx and sy. */
void sk_matrix_set_scale(sk_matrix_t*, float sx, float sy);
/**
Preconcats the matrix with the specified scale.
M' = M * S(sx, sy)
*/
void sk_matrix_pre_scale(sk_matrix_t*, float sx, float sy);
/**
Postconcats the matrix with the specified scale.
M' = S(sx, sy) * M
*/
void sk_matrix_post_scale(sk_matrix_t*, float sx, float sy);
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif

145
skia/include/c/sk_paint.h
View File

@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
// EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL
// DO NOT USE -- FOR INTERNAL TESTING ONLY
#ifndef sk_paint_DEFINED
#define sk_paint_DEFINED
#include "sk_types.h"
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
/**
Create a new paint with default settings:
antialias : false
stroke : false
stroke width : 0.0f (hairline)
stroke miter : 4.0f
stroke cap : BUTT_SK_STROKE_CAP
stroke join : MITER_SK_STROKE_JOIN
color : opaque black
shader : NULL
maskfilter : NULL
xfermode_mode : SRCOVER_SK_XFERMODE_MODE
*/
SK_API sk_paint_t* sk_paint_new(void);
/**
Release the memory storing the sk_paint_t and unref() all
associated objects.
*/
SK_API void sk_paint_delete(sk_paint_t*);
/**
Return true iff the paint has antialiasing enabled.
*/
SK_API bool sk_paint_is_antialias(const sk_paint_t*);
/**
Set to true to enable antialiasing, false to disable it on this
sk_paint_t.
*/
SK_API void sk_paint_set_antialias(sk_paint_t*, bool);
/**
Return the paint's curent drawing color.
*/
SK_API sk_color_t sk_paint_get_color(const sk_paint_t*);
/**
Set the paint's curent drawing color.
*/
SK_API void sk_paint_set_color(sk_paint_t*, sk_color_t);
/* stroke settings */
/**
Return true iff stroking is enabled rather than filling on this
sk_paint_t.
*/
SK_API bool sk_paint_is_stroke(const sk_paint_t*);
/**
Set to true to enable stroking rather than filling with this
sk_paint_t.
*/
SK_API void sk_paint_set_stroke(sk_paint_t*, bool);
/**
Return the width for stroking. A value of 0 strokes in hairline mode.
*/
SK_API float sk_paint_get_stroke_width(const sk_paint_t*);
/**
Set the width for stroking. A value of 0 strokes in hairline mode
(always draw 1-pixel wide, regardless of the matrix).
*/
SK_API void sk_paint_set_stroke_width(sk_paint_t*, float width);
/**
Return the paint's stroke miter value. This is used to control the
behavior of miter joins when the joins angle is sharp.
*/
SK_API float sk_paint_get_stroke_miter(const sk_paint_t*);
/**
Set the paint's stroke miter value. This is used to control the
behavior of miter joins when the joins angle is sharp. This value
must be >= 0.
*/
SK_API void sk_paint_set_stroke_miter(sk_paint_t*, float miter);
typedef enum {
BUTT_SK_STROKE_CAP,
ROUND_SK_STROKE_CAP,
SQUARE_SK_STROKE_CAP
} sk_stroke_cap_t;
/**
Return the paint's stroke cap type, controlling how the start and
end of stroked lines and paths are treated.
*/
SK_API sk_stroke_cap_t sk_paint_get_stroke_cap(const sk_paint_t*);
/**
Set the paint's stroke cap type, controlling how the start and
end of stroked lines and paths are treated.
*/
SK_API void sk_paint_set_stroke_cap(sk_paint_t*, sk_stroke_cap_t);
typedef enum {
MITER_SK_STROKE_JOIN,
ROUND_SK_STROKE_JOIN,
BEVEL_SK_STROKE_JOIN
} sk_stroke_join_t;
/**
Return the paint's stroke join type, specifies the treatment that
is applied to corners in paths and rectangles
*/
SK_API sk_stroke_join_t sk_paint_get_stroke_join(const sk_paint_t*);
/**
Set the paint's stroke join type, specifies the treatment that
is applied to corners in paths and rectangles
*/
SK_API void sk_paint_set_stroke_join(sk_paint_t*, sk_stroke_join_t);
/**
* Set the paint's shader to the specified parameter. This will automatically call unref() on
* any previous value, and call ref() on the new value.
*/
SK_API void sk_paint_set_shader(sk_paint_t*, sk_shader_t*);
/**
* Set the paint's maskfilter to the specified parameter. This will automatically call unref() on
* any previous value, and call ref() on the new value.
*/
SK_API void sk_paint_set_maskfilter(sk_paint_t*, sk_maskfilter_t*);
/**
* Set the paint's xfermode to the specified parameter.
*/
SK_API void sk_paint_set_xfermode_mode(sk_paint_t*, sk_xfermode_mode_t);
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif

84
skia/include/c/sk_path.h
View File

@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
// EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL
// DO NOT USE -- FOR INTERNAL TESTING ONLY
#ifndef sk_path_DEFINED
#define sk_path_DEFINED
#include "sk_types.h"
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
typedef enum {
CW_SK_PATH_DIRECTION,
CCW_SK_PATH_DIRECTION,
} sk_path_direction_t;
/** Create a new, empty path. */
SK_API sk_path_t* sk_path_new(void);
/** Release the memory used by a sk_path_t. */
SK_API void sk_path_delete(sk_path_t*);
/** Set the beginning of the next contour to the point (x,y). */
SK_API void sk_path_move_to(sk_path_t*, float x, float y);
/**
Add a line from the last point to the specified point (x,y). If no
sk_path_move_to() call has been made for this contour, the first
point is automatically set to (0,0).
*/
SK_API void sk_path_line_to(sk_path_t*, float x, float y);
/**
Add a quadratic bezier from the last point, approaching control
point (x0,y0), and ending at (x1,y1). If no sk_path_move_to() call
has been made for this contour, the first point is automatically
set to (0,0).
*/
SK_API void sk_path_quad_to(sk_path_t*, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1);
/**
Add a conic curve from the last point, approaching control point
(x0,y01), and ending at (x1,y1) with weight w. If no
sk_path_move_to() call has been made for this contour, the first
point is automatically set to (0,0).
*/
SK_API void sk_path_conic_to(sk_path_t*, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float w);
/**
Add a cubic bezier from the last point, approaching control points
(x0,y0) and (x1,y1), and ending at (x2,y2). If no
sk_path_move_to() call has been made for this contour, the first
point is automatically set to (0,0).
*/
SK_API void sk_path_cubic_to(sk_path_t*,
float x0, float y0,
float x1, float y1,
float x2, float y2);
/**
Close the current contour. If the current point is not equal to the
first point of the contour, a line segment is automatically added.
*/
SK_API void sk_path_close(sk_path_t*);
/**
Add a closed rectangle contour to the path.
*/
SK_API void sk_path_add_rect(sk_path_t*, const sk_rect_t*, sk_path_direction_t);
/**
Add a closed oval contour to the path
*/
SK_API void sk_path_add_oval(sk_path_t*, const sk_rect_t*, sk_path_direction_t);
/**
* If the path is empty, return false and set the rect parameter to [0, 0, 0, 0].
* else return true and set the rect parameter to the bounds of the control-points
* of the path.
*/
SK_API bool sk_path_get_bounds(const sk_path_t*, sk_rect_t*);
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif

70
skia/include/c/sk_picture.h
View File

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
// EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL
// DO NOT USE -- FOR INTERNAL TESTING ONLY
#ifndef sk_picture_DEFINED
#define sk_picture_DEFINED
#include "sk_types.h"
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
/**
Create a new sk_picture_recorder_t. Its resources should be
released with a call to sk_picture_recorder_delete().
*/
sk_picture_recorder_t* sk_picture_recorder_new(void);
/**
Release the memory and other resources used by this
sk_picture_recorder_t.
*/
void sk_picture_recorder_delete(sk_picture_recorder_t*);
/**
Returns the canvas that records the drawing commands
@param sk_rect_t* the cull rect used when recording this
picture. Any drawing the falls outside of this
rect is undefined, and may be drawn or it may not.
*/
sk_canvas_t* sk_picture_recorder_begin_recording(sk_picture_recorder_t*, const sk_rect_t*);
/**
Signal that the caller is done recording. This invalidates the
canvas returned by begin_recording. Ownership of the sk_picture_t
is passed to the caller, who must call sk_picture_unref() when
they are done using it. The returned picture is immutable.
*/
sk_picture_t* sk_picture_recorder_end_recording(sk_picture_recorder_t*);
/**
Increment the reference count on the given sk_picture_t. Must be
balanced by a call to sk_picture_unref().
*/
void sk_picture_ref(sk_picture_t*);
/**
Decrement the reference count. If the reference count is 1 before
the decrement, then release both the memory holding the
sk_picture_t and any resouces it may be managing. New
sk_picture_t are created with a reference count of 1.
*/
void sk_picture_unref(sk_picture_t*);
/**
Returns a non-zero value unique among all pictures.
*/
uint32_t sk_picture_get_unique_id(sk_picture_t*);
/**
Return the cull rect specified when this picture was recorded.
*/
sk_rect_t sk_picture_get_bounds(sk_picture_t*);
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif

143
skia/include/c/sk_shader.h
View File

@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
// EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL
// DO NOT USE -- FOR INTERNAL TESTING ONLY
#ifndef sk_shader_DEFINED
#define sk_shader_DEFINED
#include "sk_types.h"
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
void sk_shader_ref(sk_shader_t*);
void sk_shader_unref(sk_shader_t*);
typedef enum {
CLAMP_SK_SHADER_TILEMODE,
REPEAT_SK_SHADER_TILEMODE,
MIRROR_SK_SHADER_TILEMODE,
} sk_shader_tilemode_t;
/**
Returns a shader that generates a linear gradient between the two
specified points.
@param points The start and end points for the gradient.
@param colors The array[count] of colors, to be distributed between
the two points
@param colorPos May be NULL. array[count] of SkScalars, or NULL, of
the relative position of each corresponding color
in the colors array. If this is NULL, the the
colors are distributed evenly between the start
and end point. If this is not null, the values
must begin with 0, end with 1.0, and intermediate
values must be strictly increasing.
@param colorCount Must be >=2. The number of colors (and pos if not
NULL) entries.
@param mode The tiling mode
*/
sk_shader_t* sk_shader_new_linear_gradient(const sk_point_t points[2],
const sk_color_t colors[],
const float colorPos[],
int colorCount,
sk_shader_tilemode_t tileMode,
const sk_matrix_t* localMatrix);
/**
Returns a shader that generates a radial gradient given the center
and radius.
@param center The center of the circle for this gradient
@param radius Must be positive. The radius of the circle for this
gradient
@param colors The array[count] of colors, to be distributed
between the center and edge of the circle
@param colorPos May be NULL. The array[count] of the relative
position of each corresponding color in the colors
array. If this is NULL, the the colors are
distributed evenly between the center and edge of
the circle. If this is not null, the values must
begin with 0, end with 1.0, and intermediate
values must be strictly increasing.
@param count Must be >= 2. The number of colors (and pos if not
NULL) entries
@param tileMode The tiling mode
@param localMatrix May be NULL
*/
sk_shader_t* sk_shader_new_radial_gradient(const sk_point_t* center,
float radius,
const sk_color_t colors[],
const float colorPos[],
int colorCount,
sk_shader_tilemode_t tileMode,
const sk_matrix_t* localMatrix);
/**
Returns a shader that generates a sweep gradient given a center.
@param center The coordinates of the center of the sweep
@param colors The array[count] of colors, to be distributed around
the center.
@param colorPos May be NULL. The array[count] of the relative
position of each corresponding color in the colors
array. If this is NULL, the the colors are
distributed evenly between the center and edge of
the circle. If this is not null, the values must
begin with 0, end with 1.0, and intermediate
values must be strictly increasing.
@param colorCount Must be >= 2. The number of colors (and pos if
not NULL) entries
@param localMatrix May be NULL
*/
sk_shader_t* sk_shader_new_sweep_gradient(const sk_point_t* center,
const sk_color_t colors[],
const float colorPos[],
int colorCount,
const sk_matrix_t* localMatrix);
/**
Returns a shader that generates a conical gradient given two circles, or
returns NULL if the inputs are invalid. The gradient interprets the
two circles according to the following HTML spec.
http://dev.w3.org/html5/2dcontext/#dom-context-2d-createradialgradient
Returns a shader that generates a sweep gradient given a center.
@param start, startRadius Defines the first circle.
@param end, endRadius Defines the first circle.
@param colors The array[count] of colors, to be distributed between
the two circles.
@param colorPos May be NULL. The array[count] of the relative
position of each corresponding color in the colors
array. If this is NULL, the the colors are
distributed evenly between the two circles. If
this is not null, the values must begin with 0,
end with 1.0, and intermediate values must be
strictly increasing.
@param colorCount Must be >= 2. The number of colors (and pos if
not NULL) entries
@param tileMode The tiling mode
@param localMatrix May be NULL
*/
sk_shader_t* sk_shader_new_two_point_conical_gradient(
const sk_point_t* start,
float startRadius,
const sk_point_t* end,
float endRadius,
const sk_color_t colors[],
const float colorPos[],
int colorCount,
sk_shader_tilemode_t tileMode,
const sk_matrix_t* localMatrix);
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif

73
skia/include/c/sk_surface.h
View File

@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
// EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL
// DO NOT USE -- FOR INTERNAL TESTING ONLY
#ifndef sk_surface_DEFINED
#define sk_surface_DEFINED
#include "sk_types.h"
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
/**
Return a new surface, with the memory for the pixels automatically
allocated. If the requested surface cannot be created, or the
request is not a supported configuration, NULL will be returned.
@param sk_imageinfo_t* Specify the width, height, color type, and
alpha type for the surface.
@param sk_surfaceprops_t* If not NULL, specify additional non-default
properties of the surface.
*/
SK_API sk_surface_t* sk_surface_new_raster(const sk_imageinfo_t*, const sk_surfaceprops_t*);
/**
Create a new surface which will draw into the specified pixels
with the specified rowbytes. If the requested surface cannot be
created, or the request is not a supported configuration, NULL
will be returned.
@param sk_imageinfo_t* Specify the width, height, color type, and
alpha type for the surface.
@param void* pixels Specify the location in memory where the
destination pixels are. This memory must
outlast this surface.
@param size_t rowBytes Specify the difference, in bytes, between
each adjacent row. Should be at least
(width * sizeof(one pixel)).
@param sk_surfaceprops_t* If not NULL, specify additional non-default
properties of the surface.
*/
SK_API sk_surface_t* sk_surface_new_raster_direct(const sk_imageinfo_t*,
void* pixels, size_t rowBytes,
const sk_surfaceprops_t* props);
/**
Decrement the reference count. If the reference count is 1 before
the decrement, then release both the memory holding the
sk_surface_t and any pixel memory it may be managing. New
sk_surface_t are created with a reference count of 1.
*/
SK_API void sk_surface_unref(sk_surface_t*);
/**
* Return the canvas associated with this surface. Note: the canvas is owned by the surface,
* so the returned object is only valid while the owning surface is valid.
*/
SK_API sk_canvas_t* sk_surface_get_canvas(sk_surface_t*);
/**
* Call sk_image_unref() when the returned image is no longer used.
*/
SK_API sk_image_t* sk_surface_new_image_snapshot(sk_surface_t*);
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif

256
skia/include/c/sk_types.h
View File

@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
// EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL
// DO NOT USE -- FOR INTERNAL TESTING ONLY
#ifndef sk_types_DEFINED
#define sk_types_DEFINED
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD extern "C" {
#define SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD }
#else
#include <stdbool.h>
#define SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
#define SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif
#if !defined(SK_API)
#if defined(SKIA_DLL)
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#if SKIA_IMPLEMENTATION
#define SK_API __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define SK_API __declspec(dllimport)
#endif
#else
#define SK_API __attribute__((visibility("default")))
#endif
#else
#define SK_API
#endif
#endif
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_BEGIN_GUARD
typedef uint32_t sk_color_t;
/* This macro assumes all arguments are >=0 and <=255. */
#define sk_color_set_argb(a, r, g, b) (((a) << 24) | ((r) << 16) | ((g) << 8) | (b))
#define sk_color_get_a(c) (((c) >> 24) & 0xFF)
#define sk_color_get_r(c) (((c) >> 16) & 0xFF)
#define sk_color_get_g(c) (((c) >> 8) & 0xFF)
#define sk_color_get_b(c) (((c) >> 0) & 0xFF)
typedef enum {
INTERSECT_SK_CLIPTYPE,
DIFFERENCE_SK_CLIPTYPE,
} sk_cliptype_t;
typedef enum {
UNKNOWN_SK_PIXELGEOMETRY,
RGB_H_SK_PIXELGEOMETRY,
BGR_H_SK_PIXELGEOMETRY,
RGB_V_SK_PIXELGEOMETRY,
BGR_V_SK_PIXELGEOMETRY,
} sk_pixelgeometry_t;
typedef struct {
sk_pixelgeometry_t pixelGeometry;
} sk_surfaceprops_t;
typedef struct {
float x;
float y;
} sk_point_t;
typedef struct {
int32_t left;
int32_t top;
int32_t right;
int32_t bottom;
} sk_irect_t;
typedef struct {
float left;
float top;
float right;
float bottom;
} sk_rect_t;
/**
The sk_matrix_t struct holds a 3x3 perspective matrix for
transforming coordinates:
(X,Y) = T[M]((x,y))
X = (M[0] * x + M[1] * y + M[2]) / (M[6] * x + M[7] * y + M[8]);
Y = (M[3] * x + M[4] * y + M[5]) / (M[6] * x + M[7] * y + M[8]);
Therefore, the identity matrix is
sk_matrix_t identity = {{1, 0, 0,
0, 1, 0,
0, 0, 1}};
A matrix that scales by sx and sy is:
sk_matrix_t scale = {{sx, 0, 0,
0, sy, 0,
0, 0, 1}};
A matrix that translates by tx and ty is:
sk_matrix_t translate = {{1, 0, tx,
0, 1, ty,
0, 0, 1}};
A matrix that rotates around the origin by A radians:
sk_matrix_t rotate = {{cos(A), -sin(A), 0,
sin(A), cos(A), 0,
0, 0, 1}};
Two matrixes can be concatinated by:
void concat_matrices(sk_matrix_t* dst,
const sk_matrix_t* matrixU,
const sk_matrix_t* matrixV) {
const float* u = matrixU->mat;
const float* v = matrixV->mat;
sk_matrix_t result = {{
u[0] * v[0] + u[1] * v[3] + u[2] * v[6],
u[0] * v[1] + u[1] * v[4] + u[2] * v[7],
u[0] * v[2] + u[1] * v[5] + u[2] * v[8],
u[3] * v[0] + u[4] * v[3] + u[5] * v[6],
u[3] * v[1] + u[4] * v[4] + u[5] * v[7],
u[3] * v[2] + u[4] * v[5] + u[5] * v[8],
u[6] * v[0] + u[7] * v[3] + u[8] * v[6],
u[6] * v[1] + u[7] * v[4] + u[8] * v[7],
u[6] * v[2] + u[7] * v[5] + u[8] * v[8]
}};
*dst = result;
}
*/
typedef struct {
float mat[9];
} sk_matrix_t;
/**
A sk_canvas_t encapsulates all of the state about drawing into a
destination This includes a reference to the destination itself,
and a stack of matrix/clip values.
*/
typedef struct sk_canvas_t sk_canvas_t;
/**
A sk_data_ holds an immutable data buffer.
*/
typedef struct sk_data_t sk_data_t;
/**
A sk_image_t is an abstraction for drawing a rectagle of pixels.
The content of the image is always immutable, though the actual
storage may change, if for example that image can be re-created via
encoded data or other means.
*/
typedef struct sk_image_t sk_image_t;
/**
* Describes the color components. See ICC Profiles.
*/
typedef struct sk_colorspace_t sk_colorspace_t;
/**
* Describes an image buffer : width, height, pixel type, colorspace, etc.
*/
typedef struct sk_imageinfo_t sk_imageinfo_t;
/**
A sk_maskfilter_t is an object that perform transformations on an
alpha-channel mask before drawing it; it may be installed into a
sk_paint_t. Each time a primitive is drawn, it is first
scan-converted into a alpha mask, which os handed to the
maskfilter, which may create a new mask is to render into the
destination.
*/
typedef struct sk_maskfilter_t sk_maskfilter_t;
/**
A sk_paint_t holds the style and color information about how to
draw geometries, text and bitmaps.
*/
typedef struct sk_paint_t sk_paint_t;
/**
A sk_path_t encapsulates compound (multiple contour) geometric
paths consisting of straight line segments, quadratic curves, and
cubic curves.
*/
typedef struct sk_path_t sk_path_t;
/**
A sk_picture_t holds recorded canvas drawing commands to be played
back at a later time.
*/
typedef struct sk_picture_t sk_picture_t;
/**
A sk_picture_recorder_t holds a sk_canvas_t that records commands
to create a sk_picture_t.
*/
typedef struct sk_picture_recorder_t sk_picture_recorder_t;
/**
A sk_shader_t specifies the source color(s) for what is being drawn. If a
paint has no shader, then the paint's color is used. If the paint
has a shader, then the shader's color(s) are use instead, but they
are modulated by the paint's alpha.
*/
typedef struct sk_shader_t sk_shader_t;
/**
A sk_surface_t holds the destination for drawing to a canvas. For
raster drawing, the destination is an array of pixels in memory.
For GPU drawing, the destination is a texture or a framebuffer.
*/
typedef struct sk_surface_t sk_surface_t;
typedef enum {
CLEAR_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
SRC_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
DST_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
SRCOVER_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
DSTOVER_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
SRCIN_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
DSTIN_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
SRCOUT_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
DSTOUT_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
SRCATOP_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
DSTATOP_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
XOR_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
PLUS_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
MODULATE_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
SCREEN_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
OVERLAY_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
DARKEN_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
LIGHTEN_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
COLORDODGE_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
COLORBURN_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
HARDLIGHT_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
SOFTLIGHT_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
DIFFERENCE_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
EXCLUSION_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
MULTIPLY_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
HUE_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
SATURATION_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
COLOR_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
LUMINOSITY_SK_XFERMODE_MODE,
} sk_xfermode_mode_t;
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
SK_C_PLUS_PLUS_END_GUARD
#endif

287
skia/include/codec/SkAndroidCodec.h
View File

@@ -1,287 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2015 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkAndroidCodec_DEFINED
#define SkAndroidCodec_DEFINED
#include "SkCodec.h"
#include "SkEncodedImageFormat.h"
#include "SkStream.h"
#include "SkTypes.h"
/**
* Abstract interface defining image codec functionality that is necessary for
* Android.
*/
class SK_API SkAndroidCodec : SkNoncopyable {
public:
enum class ExifOrientationBehavior {
/**
* Ignore any exif orientation markers in the data.
*
* getInfo's width and height will match the header of the image, and
* no processing will be done to match the marker.
*/
kIgnore,
/**
* Respect the exif orientation marker.
*
* getInfo's width and height will represent what they should be after
* applying the orientation. For example, if the marker specifies a
* rotation by 90 degrees, they will be swapped relative to the header.
* getAndroidPixels will apply the orientation as well.
*/
kRespect,
};
/**
* Pass ownership of an SkCodec to a newly-created SkAndroidCodec.
*/
static std::unique_ptr<SkAndroidCodec> MakeFromCodec(std::unique_ptr<SkCodec>,
ExifOrientationBehavior = ExifOrientationBehavior::kIgnore);
/**
* If this stream represents an encoded image that we know how to decode,
* return an SkAndroidCodec that can decode it. Otherwise return NULL.
*
* The SkPngChunkReader handles unknown chunks in PNGs.
* See SkCodec.h for more details.
*
* If NULL is returned, the stream is deleted immediately. Otherwise, the
* SkCodec takes ownership of it, and will delete it when done with it.
*
* ExifOrientationBehavior is set to kIgnore.
*/
static std::unique_ptr<SkAndroidCodec> MakeFromStream(std::unique_ptr<SkStream>,
SkPngChunkReader* = nullptr);
/**
* If this data represents an encoded image that we know how to decode,
* return an SkAndroidCodec that can decode it. Otherwise return NULL.
*
* The SkPngChunkReader handles unknown chunks in PNGs.
* See SkCodec.h for more details.
*
* ExifOrientationBehavior is set to kIgnore.
*/
static std::unique_ptr<SkAndroidCodec> MakeFromData(sk_sp<SkData>, SkPngChunkReader* = nullptr);
virtual ~SkAndroidCodec();
const SkImageInfo& getInfo() const { return fInfo; }
/**
* Format of the encoded data.
*/
SkEncodedImageFormat getEncodedFormat() const { return fCodec->getEncodedFormat(); }
/**
* @param requestedColorType Color type requested by the client
*
* |requestedColorType| may be overriden. We will default to kF16
* for high precision images.
*
* In the general case, if it is possible to decode to
* |requestedColorType|, this returns |requestedColorType|.
* Otherwise, this returns a color type that is an appropriate
* match for the the encoded data.
*/
SkColorType computeOutputColorType(SkColorType requestedColorType);
/**
* @param requestedUnpremul Indicates if the client requested
* unpremultiplied output
*
* Returns the appropriate alpha type to decode to. If the image
* has alpha, the value of requestedUnpremul will be honored.
*/
SkAlphaType computeOutputAlphaType(bool requestedUnpremul);
/**
* @param outputColorType Color type that the client will decode to.
* @param prefColorSpace Preferred color space to decode to.
* This may not return |prefColorSpace| for a couple reasons.
* (1) Android Principles: 565 must be sRGB, F16 must be
* linear sRGB, transfer function must be parametric.
* (2) Codec Limitations: F16 requires a linear color space.
*
* Returns the appropriate color space to decode to.
*/
sk_sp<SkColorSpace> computeOutputColorSpace(SkColorType outputColorType,
sk_sp<SkColorSpace> prefColorSpace = nullptr);
/**
* Compute the appropriate sample size to get to |size|.
*
* @param size As an input parameter, the desired output size of
* the decode. As an output parameter, the smallest sampled size
* larger than the input.
* @return the sample size to set AndroidOptions::fSampleSize to decode
* to the output |size|.
*/
int computeSampleSize(SkISize* size) const;
/**
* Returns the dimensions of the scaled output image, for an input
* sampleSize.
*
* When the sample size divides evenly into the original dimensions, the
* scaled output dimensions will simply be equal to the original
* dimensions divided by the sample size.
*
* When the sample size does not divide even into the original
* dimensions, the codec may round up or down, depending on what is most
* efficient to decode.
*
* Finally, the codec will always recommend a non-zero output, so the output
* dimension will always be one if the sampleSize is greater than the
* original dimension.
*/
SkISize getSampledDimensions(int sampleSize) const;
/**
* Return (via desiredSubset) a subset which can decoded from this codec,
* or false if the input subset is invalid.
*
* @param desiredSubset in/out parameter
* As input, a desired subset of the original bounds
* (as specified by getInfo).
* As output, if true is returned, desiredSubset may
* have been modified to a subset which is
* supported. Although a particular change may have
* been made to desiredSubset to create something
* supported, it is possible other changes could
* result in a valid subset. If false is returned,
* desiredSubset's value is undefined.
* @return true If the input desiredSubset is valid.
* desiredSubset may be modified to a subset
* supported by the codec.
* false If desiredSubset is invalid (NULL or not fully
* contained within the image).
*/
bool getSupportedSubset(SkIRect* desiredSubset) const;
// TODO: Rename SkCodec::getValidSubset() to getSupportedSubset()
/**
* Returns the dimensions of the scaled, partial output image, for an
* input sampleSize and subset.
*
* @param sampleSize Factor to scale down by.
* @param subset Must be a valid subset of the original image
* dimensions and a subset supported by SkAndroidCodec.
* getSubset() can be used to obtain a subset supported
* by SkAndroidCodec.
* @return Size of the scaled partial image. Or zero size
* if either of the inputs is invalid.
*/
SkISize getSampledSubsetDimensions(int sampleSize, const SkIRect& subset) const;
/**
* Additional options to pass to getAndroidPixels().
*/
// FIXME: It's a bit redundant to name these AndroidOptions when this class is already
// called SkAndroidCodec. On the other hand, it's may be a bit confusing to call
// these Options when SkCodec has a slightly different set of Options. Maybe these
// should be DecodeOptions or SamplingOptions?
struct AndroidOptions {
AndroidOptions()
: fZeroInitialized(SkCodec::kNo_ZeroInitialized)
, fSubset(nullptr)
, fSampleSize(1)
{}
/**
* Indicates is destination pixel memory is zero initialized.
*
* The default is SkCodec::kNo_ZeroInitialized.
*/
SkCodec::ZeroInitialized fZeroInitialized;
/**
* If not NULL, represents a subset of the original image to decode.
*
* Must be within the bounds returned by getInfo().
*
* If the EncodedFormat is SkEncodedImageFormat::kWEBP, the top and left
* values must be even.
*
* The default is NULL, meaning a decode of the entire image.
*/
SkIRect* fSubset;
/**
* The client may provide an integer downscale factor for the decode.
* The codec may implement this downscaling by sampling or another
* method if it is more efficient.
*
* The default is 1, representing no downscaling.
*/
int fSampleSize;
};
/**
* Decode into the given pixels, a block of memory of size at
* least (info.fHeight - 1) * rowBytes + (info.fWidth *
* bytesPerPixel)
*
* Repeated calls to this function should give the same results,
* allowing the PixelRef to be immutable.
*
* @param info A description of the format (config, size)
* expected by the caller. This can simply be identical
* to the info returned by getInfo().
*
* This contract also allows the caller to specify
* different output-configs, which the implementation can
* decide to support or not.
*
* A size that does not match getInfo() implies a request
* to scale or subset. If the codec cannot perform this
* scaling or subsetting, it will return an error code.
*
* The AndroidOptions object is also used to specify any requested scaling or subsetting
* using options->fSampleSize and options->fSubset. If NULL, the defaults (as specified above
* for AndroidOptions) are used.
*
* @return Result kSuccess, or another value explaining the type of failure.
*/
// FIXME: It's a bit redundant to name this getAndroidPixels() when this class is already
// called SkAndroidCodec. On the other hand, it's may be a bit confusing to call
// this getPixels() when it is a slightly different API than SkCodec's getPixels().
// Maybe this should be decode() or decodeSubset()?
SkCodec::Result getAndroidPixels(const SkImageInfo& info, void* pixels, size_t rowBytes,
const AndroidOptions* options);
/**
* Simplified version of getAndroidPixels() where we supply the default AndroidOptions as
* specified above for AndroidOptions. It will not perform any scaling or subsetting.
*/
SkCodec::Result getAndroidPixels(const SkImageInfo& info, void* pixels, size_t rowBytes);
SkCodec::Result getPixels(const SkImageInfo& info, void* pixels, size_t rowBytes) {
return this->getAndroidPixels(info, pixels, rowBytes);
}
SkCodec* codec() const { return fCodec.get(); }
protected:
SkAndroidCodec(SkCodec*, ExifOrientationBehavior = ExifOrientationBehavior::kIgnore);
virtual SkISize onGetSampledDimensions(int sampleSize) const = 0;
virtual bool onGetSupportedSubset(SkIRect* desiredSubset) const = 0;
virtual SkCodec::Result onGetAndroidPixels(const SkImageInfo& info, void* pixels,
size_t rowBytes, const AndroidOptions& options) = 0;
private:
const SkImageInfo fInfo;
const ExifOrientationBehavior fOrientationBehavior;
std::unique_ptr<SkCodec> fCodec;
};
#endif // SkAndroidCodec_DEFINED

921
skia/include/codec/SkCodec.h
View File

@@ -1,921 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2015 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkCodec_DEFINED
#define SkCodec_DEFINED
#include "../private/SkNoncopyable.h"
#include "../private/SkTemplates.h"
#include "../private/SkEncodedInfo.h"
#include "SkCodecAnimation.h"
#include "SkColor.h"
#include "SkEncodedImageFormat.h"
#include "SkEncodedOrigin.h"
#include "SkImageInfo.h"
#include "SkPixmap.h"
#include "SkSize.h"
#include "SkStream.h"
#include "SkTypes.h"
#include "SkYUVASizeInfo.h"
#include <vector>
class SkColorSpace;
class SkData;
class SkFrameHolder;
class SkPngChunkReader;
class SkSampler;
namespace DM {
class CodecSrc;
class ColorCodecSrc;
}
/**
* Abstraction layer directly on top of an image codec.
*/
class SK_API SkCodec : SkNoncopyable {
public:
/**
* Minimum number of bytes that must be buffered in SkStream input.
*
* An SkStream passed to NewFromStream must be able to use this many
* bytes to determine the image type. Then the same SkStream must be
* passed to the correct decoder to read from the beginning.
*
* This can be accomplished by implementing peek() to support peeking
* this many bytes, or by implementing rewind() to be able to rewind()
* after reading this many bytes.
*/
static constexpr size_t MinBufferedBytesNeeded() { return 32; }
/**
* Error codes for various SkCodec methods.
*/
enum Result {
/**
* General return value for success.
*/
kSuccess,
/**
* The input is incomplete. A partial image was generated.
*/
kIncompleteInput,
/**
* Like kIncompleteInput, except the input had an error.
*
* If returned from an incremental decode, decoding cannot continue,
* even with more data.
*/
kErrorInInput,
/**
* The generator cannot convert to match the request, ignoring
* dimensions.
*/
kInvalidConversion,
/**
* The generator cannot scale to requested size.
*/
kInvalidScale,
/**
* Parameters (besides info) are invalid. e.g. NULL pixels, rowBytes
* too small, etc.
*/
kInvalidParameters,
/**
* The input did not contain a valid image.
*/
kInvalidInput,
/**
* Fulfilling this request requires rewinding the input, which is not
* supported for this input.
*/
kCouldNotRewind,
/**
* An internal error, such as OOM.
*/
kInternalError,
/**
* This method is not implemented by this codec.
* FIXME: Perhaps this should be kUnsupported?
*/
kUnimplemented,
};
/**
* Readable string representing the error code.
*/
static const char* ResultToString(Result);
/**
* If this stream represents an encoded image that we know how to decode,
* return an SkCodec that can decode it. Otherwise return NULL.
*
* As stated above, this call must be able to peek or read
* MinBufferedBytesNeeded to determine the correct format, and then start
* reading from the beginning. First it will attempt to peek, and it
* assumes that if less than MinBufferedBytesNeeded bytes (but more than
* zero) are returned, this is because the stream is shorter than this,
* so falling back to reading would not provide more data. If peek()
* returns zero bytes, this call will instead attempt to read(). This
* will require that the stream can be rewind()ed.
*
* If Result is not NULL, it will be set to either kSuccess if an SkCodec
* is returned or a reason for the failure if NULL is returned.
*
* If SkPngChunkReader is not NULL, take a ref and pass it to libpng if
* the image is a png.
*
* If the SkPngChunkReader is not NULL then:
* If the image is not a PNG, the SkPngChunkReader will be ignored.
* If the image is a PNG, the SkPngChunkReader will be reffed.
* If the PNG has unknown chunks, the SkPngChunkReader will be used
* to handle these chunks. SkPngChunkReader will be called to read
* any unknown chunk at any point during the creation of the codec
* or the decode. Note that if SkPngChunkReader fails to read a
* chunk, this could result in a failure to create the codec or a
* failure to decode the image.
* If the PNG does not contain unknown chunks, the SkPngChunkReader
* will not be used or modified.
*
* If NULL is returned, the stream is deleted immediately. Otherwise, the
* SkCodec takes ownership of it, and will delete it when done with it.
*/
static std::unique_ptr<SkCodec> MakeFromStream(std::unique_ptr<SkStream>, Result* = nullptr,
SkPngChunkReader* = nullptr);
/**
* If this data represents an encoded image that we know how to decode,
* return an SkCodec that can decode it. Otherwise return NULL.
*
* If the SkPngChunkReader is not NULL then:
* If the image is not a PNG, the SkPngChunkReader will be ignored.
* If the image is a PNG, the SkPngChunkReader will be reffed.
* If the PNG has unknown chunks, the SkPngChunkReader will be used
* to handle these chunks. SkPngChunkReader will be called to read
* any unknown chunk at any point during the creation of the codec
* or the decode. Note that if SkPngChunkReader fails to read a
* chunk, this could result in a failure to create the codec or a
* failure to decode the image.
* If the PNG does not contain unknown chunks, the SkPngChunkReader
* will not be used or modified.
*/
static std::unique_ptr<SkCodec> MakeFromData(sk_sp<SkData>, SkPngChunkReader* = nullptr);
virtual ~SkCodec();
/**
* Return a reasonable SkImageInfo to decode into.
*/
SkImageInfo getInfo() const { return fEncodedInfo.makeImageInfo(); }
SkISize dimensions() const { return {fEncodedInfo.width(), fEncodedInfo.height()}; }
SkIRect bounds() const {
return SkIRect::MakeWH(fEncodedInfo.width(), fEncodedInfo.height());
}
/**
* Returns the image orientation stored in the EXIF data.
* If there is no EXIF data, or if we cannot read the EXIF data, returns kTopLeft.
*/
SkEncodedOrigin getOrigin() const { return fOrigin; }
/**
* Return a size that approximately supports the desired scale factor.
* The codec may not be able to scale efficiently to the exact scale
* factor requested, so return a size that approximates that scale.
* The returned value is the codec's suggestion for the closest valid
* scale that it can natively support
*/
SkISize getScaledDimensions(float desiredScale) const {
// Negative and zero scales are errors.
SkASSERT(desiredScale > 0.0f);
if (desiredScale <= 0.0f) {
return SkISize::Make(0, 0);
}
// Upscaling is not supported. Return the original size if the client
// requests an upscale.
if (desiredScale >= 1.0f) {
return this->dimensions();
}
return this->onGetScaledDimensions(desiredScale);
}
/**
* Return (via desiredSubset) a subset which can decoded from this codec,
* or false if this codec cannot decode subsets or anything similar to
* desiredSubset.
*
* @param desiredSubset In/out parameter. As input, a desired subset of
* the original bounds (as specified by getInfo). If true is returned,
* desiredSubset may have been modified to a subset which is
* supported. Although a particular change may have been made to
* desiredSubset to create something supported, it is possible other
* changes could result in a valid subset.
* If false is returned, desiredSubset's value is undefined.
* @return true if this codec supports decoding desiredSubset (as
* returned, potentially modified)
*/
bool getValidSubset(SkIRect* desiredSubset) const {
return this->onGetValidSubset(desiredSubset);
}
/**
* Format of the encoded data.
*/
SkEncodedImageFormat getEncodedFormat() const { return this->onGetEncodedFormat(); }
/**
* Whether or not the memory passed to getPixels is zero initialized.
*/
enum ZeroInitialized {
/**
* The memory passed to getPixels is zero initialized. The SkCodec
* may take advantage of this by skipping writing zeroes.
*/
kYes_ZeroInitialized,
/**
* The memory passed to getPixels has not been initialized to zero,
* so the SkCodec must write all zeroes to memory.
*
* This is the default. It will be used if no Options struct is used.
*/
kNo_ZeroInitialized,
};
/**
* Additional options to pass to getPixels.
*/
struct Options {
Options()
: fZeroInitialized(kNo_ZeroInitialized)
, fSubset(nullptr)
, fFrameIndex(0)
, fPriorFrame(kNoFrame)
{}
ZeroInitialized fZeroInitialized;
/**
* If not NULL, represents a subset of the original image to decode.
* Must be within the bounds returned by getInfo().
* If the EncodedFormat is SkEncodedImageFormat::kWEBP (the only one which
* currently supports subsets), the top and left values must be even.
*
* In getPixels and incremental decode, we will attempt to decode the
* exact rectangular subset specified by fSubset.
*
* In a scanline decode, it does not make sense to specify a subset
* top or subset height, since the client already controls which rows
* to get and which rows to skip. During scanline decodes, we will
* require that the subset top be zero and the subset height be equal
* to the full height. We will, however, use the values of
* subset left and subset width to decode partial scanlines on calls
* to getScanlines().
*/
const SkIRect* fSubset;
/**
* The frame to decode.
*
* Only meaningful for multi-frame images.
*/
int fFrameIndex;
/**
* If not kNoFrame, the dst already contains the prior frame at this index.
*
* Only meaningful for multi-frame images.
*
* If fFrameIndex needs to be blended with a prior frame (as reported by
* getFrameInfo[fFrameIndex].fRequiredFrame), the client can set this to
* any non-kRestorePrevious frame in [fRequiredFrame, fFrameIndex) to
* indicate that that frame is already in the dst. Options.fZeroInitialized
* is ignored in this case.
*
* If set to kNoFrame, the codec will decode any necessary required frame(s) first.
*/
int fPriorFrame;
};
/**
* Decode into the given pixels, a block of memory of size at
* least (info.fHeight - 1) * rowBytes + (info.fWidth *
* bytesPerPixel)
*
* Repeated calls to this function should give the same results,
* allowing the PixelRef to be immutable.
*
* @param info A description of the format (config, size)
* expected by the caller. This can simply be identical
* to the info returned by getInfo().
*
* This contract also allows the caller to specify
* different output-configs, which the implementation can
* decide to support or not.
*
* A size that does not match getInfo() implies a request
* to scale. If the generator cannot perform this scale,
* it will return kInvalidScale.
*
* If the info contains a non-null SkColorSpace, the codec
* will perform the appropriate color space transformation.
* If the caller passes in the same color space that was
* reported by the codec, the color space transformation is
* a no-op.
*
* If a scanline decode is in progress, scanline mode will end, requiring the client to call
* startScanlineDecode() in order to return to decoding scanlines.
*
* @return Result kSuccess, or another value explaining the type of failure.
*/
Result getPixels(const SkImageInfo& info, void* pixels, size_t rowBytes, const Options*);
/**
* Simplified version of getPixels() that uses the default Options.
*/
Result getPixels(const SkImageInfo& info, void* pixels, size_t rowBytes) {
return this->getPixels(info, pixels, rowBytes, nullptr);
}
Result getPixels(const SkPixmap& pm, const Options* opts = nullptr) {
return this->getPixels(pm.info(), pm.writable_addr(), pm.rowBytes(), opts);
}
/**
* If decoding to YUV is supported, this returns true. Otherwise, this
* returns false and does not modify any of the parameters.
*
* @param sizeInfo Output parameter indicating the sizes and required
* allocation widths of the Y, U, V, and A planes. Given current codec
* limitations the size of the A plane will always be 0 and the Y, U, V
* channels will always be planar.
* @param colorSpace Output parameter. If non-NULL this is set to kJPEG,
* otherwise this is ignored.
*/
bool queryYUV8(SkYUVASizeInfo* sizeInfo, SkYUVColorSpace* colorSpace) const {
if (nullptr == sizeInfo) {
return false;
}
bool result = this->onQueryYUV8(sizeInfo, colorSpace);
if (result) {
for (int i = 0; i <= 2; ++i) {
SkASSERT(sizeInfo->fSizes[i].fWidth > 0 && sizeInfo->fSizes[i].fHeight > 0 &&
sizeInfo->fWidthBytes[i] > 0);
}
SkASSERT(!sizeInfo->fSizes[3].fWidth &&
!sizeInfo->fSizes[3].fHeight &&
!sizeInfo->fWidthBytes[3]);
}
return result;
}
/**
* Returns kSuccess, or another value explaining the type of failure.
* This always attempts to perform a full decode. If the client only
* wants size, it should call queryYUV8().
*
* @param sizeInfo Needs to exactly match the values returned by the
* query, except the WidthBytes may be larger than the
* recommendation (but not smaller).
* @param planes Memory for each of the Y, U, and V planes.
*/
Result getYUV8Planes(const SkYUVASizeInfo& sizeInfo, void* planes[SkYUVASizeInfo::kMaxCount]) {
if (!planes || !planes[0] || !planes[1] || !planes[2]) {
return kInvalidInput;
}
SkASSERT(!planes[3]); // TODO: is this a fair assumption?
if (!this->rewindIfNeeded()) {
return kCouldNotRewind;
}
return this->onGetYUV8Planes(sizeInfo, planes);
}
/**
* Prepare for an incremental decode with the specified options.
*
* This may require a rewind.
*
* @param dstInfo Info of the destination. If the dimensions do not match
* those of getInfo, this implies a scale.
* @param dst Memory to write to. Needs to be large enough to hold the subset,
* if present, or the full image as described in dstInfo.
* @param options Contains decoding options, including if memory is zero
* initialized and whether to decode a subset.
* @return Enum representing success or reason for failure.
*/
Result startIncrementalDecode(const SkImageInfo& dstInfo, void* dst, size_t rowBytes,
const Options*);
Result startIncrementalDecode(const SkImageInfo& dstInfo, void* dst, size_t rowBytes) {
return this->startIncrementalDecode(dstInfo, dst, rowBytes, nullptr);
}
/**
* Start/continue the incremental decode.
*
* Not valid to call before calling startIncrementalDecode().
*
* After the first call, should only be called again if more data has been
* provided to the source SkStream.
*
* Unlike getPixels and getScanlines, this does not do any filling. This is
* left up to the caller, since they may be skipping lines or continuing the
* decode later. In the latter case, they may choose to initialize all lines
* first, or only initialize the remaining lines after the first call.
*
* @param rowsDecoded Optional output variable returning the total number of
* lines initialized. Only meaningful if this method returns kIncompleteInput.
* Otherwise the implementation may not set it.
* Note that some implementations may have initialized this many rows, but
* not necessarily finished those rows (e.g. interlaced PNG). This may be
* useful for determining what rows the client needs to initialize.
* @return kSuccess if all lines requested in startIncrementalDecode have
* been completely decoded. kIncompleteInput otherwise.
*/
Result incrementalDecode(int* rowsDecoded = nullptr) {
if (!fStartedIncrementalDecode) {
return kInvalidParameters;
}
return this->onIncrementalDecode(rowsDecoded);
}
/**
* The remaining functions revolve around decoding scanlines.
*/
/**
* Prepare for a scanline decode with the specified options.
*
* After this call, this class will be ready to decode the first scanline.
*
* This must be called in order to call getScanlines or skipScanlines.
*
* This may require rewinding the stream.
*
* Not all SkCodecs support this.
*
* @param dstInfo Info of the destination. If the dimensions do not match
* those of getInfo, this implies a scale.
* @param options Contains decoding options, including if memory is zero
* initialized.
* @return Enum representing success or reason for failure.
*/
Result startScanlineDecode(const SkImageInfo& dstInfo, const Options* options);
/**
* Simplified version of startScanlineDecode() that uses the default Options.
*/
Result startScanlineDecode(const SkImageInfo& dstInfo) {
return this->startScanlineDecode(dstInfo, nullptr);
}
/**
* Write the next countLines scanlines into dst.
*
* Not valid to call before calling startScanlineDecode().
*
* @param dst Must be non-null, and large enough to hold countLines
* scanlines of size rowBytes.
* @param countLines Number of lines to write.
* @param rowBytes Number of bytes per row. Must be large enough to hold
* a scanline based on the SkImageInfo used to create this object.
* @return the number of lines successfully decoded. If this value is
* less than countLines, this will fill the remaining lines with a
* default value.
*/
int getScanlines(void* dst, int countLines, size_t rowBytes);
/**
* Skip count scanlines.
*
* Not valid to call before calling startScanlineDecode().
*
* The default version just calls onGetScanlines and discards the dst.
* NOTE: If skipped lines are the only lines with alpha, this default
* will make reallyHasAlpha return true, when it could have returned
* false.
*
* @return true if the scanlines were successfully skipped
* false on failure, possible reasons for failure include:
* An incomplete input image stream.
* Calling this function before calling startScanlineDecode().
* If countLines is less than zero or so large that it moves
* the current scanline past the end of the image.
*/
bool skipScanlines(int countLines);
/**
* The order in which rows are output from the scanline decoder is not the
* same for all variations of all image types. This explains the possible
* output row orderings.
*/
enum SkScanlineOrder {
/*
* By far the most common, this indicates that the image can be decoded
* reliably using the scanline decoder, and that rows will be output in
* the logical order.
*/
kTopDown_SkScanlineOrder,
/*
* This indicates that the scanline decoder reliably outputs rows, but
* they will be returned in reverse order. If the scanline format is
* kBottomUp, the nextScanline() API can be used to determine the actual
* y-coordinate of the next output row, but the client is not forced
* to take advantage of this, given that it's not too tough to keep
* track independently.
*
* For full image decodes, it is safe to get all of the scanlines at
* once, since the decoder will handle inverting the rows as it
* decodes.
*
* For subset decodes and sampling, it is simplest to get and skip
* scanlines one at a time, using the nextScanline() API. It is
* possible to ask for larger chunks at a time, but this should be used
* with caution. As with full image decodes, the decoder will handle
* inverting the requested rows, but rows will still be delivered
* starting from the bottom of the image.
*
* Upside down bmps are an example.
*/
kBottomUp_SkScanlineOrder,
};
/**
* An enum representing the order in which scanlines will be returned by
* the scanline decoder.
*
* This is undefined before startScanlineDecode() is called.
*/
SkScanlineOrder getScanlineOrder() const { return this->onGetScanlineOrder(); }
/**
* Returns the y-coordinate of the next row to be returned by the scanline
* decoder.
*
* This will equal fCurrScanline, except in the case of strangely
* encoded image types (bottom-up bmps).
*
* Results are undefined when not in scanline decoding mode.
*/
int nextScanline() const { return this->outputScanline(fCurrScanline); }
/**
* Returns the output y-coordinate of the row that corresponds to an input
* y-coordinate. The input y-coordinate represents where the scanline
* is located in the encoded data.
*
* This will equal inputScanline, except in the case of strangely
* encoded image types (bottom-up bmps, interlaced gifs).
*/
int outputScanline(int inputScanline) const;
/**
* Return the number of frames in the image.
*
* May require reading through the stream.
*/
int getFrameCount() {
return this->onGetFrameCount();
}
// Sentinel value used when a frame index implies "no frame":
// - FrameInfo::fRequiredFrame set to this value means the frame
// is independent.
// - Options::fPriorFrame set to this value means no (relevant) prior frame
// is residing in dst's memory.
static constexpr int kNoFrame = -1;
// This transitional definition was added in August 2018, and will eventually be removed.
#ifdef SK_LEGACY_SKCODEC_NONE_ENUM
static constexpr int kNone = kNoFrame;
#endif
/**
* Information about individual frames in a multi-framed image.
*/
struct FrameInfo {
/**
* The frame that this frame needs to be blended with, or
* kNoFrame if this frame is independent.
*
* Note that this is the *earliest* frame that can be used
* for blending. Any frame from [fRequiredFrame, i) can be
* used, unless its fDisposalMethod is kRestorePrevious.
*/
int fRequiredFrame;
/**
* Number of milliseconds to show this frame.
*/
int fDuration;
/**
* Whether the end marker for this frame is contained in the stream.
*
* Note: this does not guarantee that an attempt to decode will be complete.
* There could be an error in the stream.
*/
bool fFullyReceived;
/**
* This is conservative; it will still return non-opaque if e.g. a
* color index-based frame has a color with alpha but does not use it.
*/
SkAlphaType fAlphaType;
/**
* How this frame should be modified before decoding the next one.
*/
SkCodecAnimation::DisposalMethod fDisposalMethod;
};
/**
* Return info about a single frame.
*
* Only supported by multi-frame images. Does not read through the stream,
* so it should be called after getFrameCount() to parse any frames that
* have not already been parsed.
*/
bool getFrameInfo(int index, FrameInfo* info) const {
if (index < 0) {
return false;
}
return this->onGetFrameInfo(index, info);
}
/**
* Return info about all the frames in the image.
*
* May require reading through the stream to determine info about the
* frames (including the count).
*
* As such, future decoding calls may require a rewind.
*
* For still (non-animated) image codecs, this will return an empty vector.
*/
std::vector<FrameInfo> getFrameInfo();
static constexpr int kRepetitionCountInfinite = -1;
/**
* Return the number of times to repeat, if this image is animated. This number does not
* include the first play through of each frame. For example, a repetition count of 4 means
* that each frame is played 5 times and then the animation stops.
*
* It can return kRepetitionCountInfinite, a negative number, meaning that the animation
* should loop forever.
*
* May require reading the stream to find the repetition count.
*
* As such, future decoding calls may require a rewind.
*
* For still (non-animated) image codecs, this will return 0.
*/
int getRepetitionCount() {
return this->onGetRepetitionCount();
}
protected:
const SkEncodedInfo& getEncodedInfo() const { return fEncodedInfo; }
using XformFormat = skcms_PixelFormat;
SkCodec(SkEncodedInfo&&,
XformFormat srcFormat,
std::unique_ptr<SkStream>,
SkEncodedOrigin = kTopLeft_SkEncodedOrigin);
virtual SkISize onGetScaledDimensions(float /*desiredScale*/) const {
// By default, scaling is not supported.
return this->dimensions();
}
// FIXME: What to do about subsets??
/**
* Subclasses should override if they support dimensions other than the
* srcInfo's.
*/
virtual bool onDimensionsSupported(const SkISize&) {
return false;
}
virtual SkEncodedImageFormat onGetEncodedFormat() const = 0;
/**
* @param rowsDecoded When the encoded image stream is incomplete, this function
* will return kIncompleteInput and rowsDecoded will be set to
* the number of scanlines that were successfully decoded.
* This will allow getPixels() to fill the uninitialized memory.
*/
virtual Result onGetPixels(const SkImageInfo& info,
void* pixels, size_t rowBytes, const Options&,
int* rowsDecoded) = 0;
virtual bool onQueryYUV8(SkYUVASizeInfo*, SkYUVColorSpace*) const {
return false;
}
virtual Result onGetYUV8Planes(const SkYUVASizeInfo&,
void*[SkYUVASizeInfo::kMaxCount] /*planes*/) {
return kUnimplemented;
}
virtual bool onGetValidSubset(SkIRect* /*desiredSubset*/) const {
// By default, subsets are not supported.
return false;
}
/**
* If the stream was previously read, attempt to rewind.
*
* If the stream needed to be rewound, call onRewind.
* @returns true if the codec is at the right position and can be used.
* false if there was a failure to rewind.
*
* This is called by getPixels(), getYUV8Planes(), startIncrementalDecode() and
* startScanlineDecode(). Subclasses may call if they need to rewind at another time.
*/
bool SK_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT rewindIfNeeded();
/**
* Called by rewindIfNeeded, if the stream needed to be rewound.
*
* Subclasses should do any set up needed after a rewind.
*/
virtual bool onRewind() {
return true;
}
/**
* Get method for the input stream
*/
SkStream* stream() {
return fStream.get();
}
/**
* The remaining functions revolve around decoding scanlines.
*/
/**
* Most images types will be kTopDown and will not need to override this function.
*/
virtual SkScanlineOrder onGetScanlineOrder() const { return kTopDown_SkScanlineOrder; }
const SkImageInfo& dstInfo() const { return fDstInfo; }
const Options& options() const { return fOptions; }
/**
* Returns the number of scanlines that have been decoded so far.
* This is unaffected by the SkScanlineOrder.
*
* Returns -1 if we have not started a scanline decode.
*/
int currScanline() const { return fCurrScanline; }
virtual int onOutputScanline(int inputScanline) const;
/**
* Return whether we can convert to dst.
*
* Will be called for the appropriate frame, prior to initializing the colorXform.
*/
virtual bool conversionSupported(const SkImageInfo& dst, bool srcIsOpaque,
bool needsColorXform);
// Some classes never need a colorXform e.g.
// - ICO uses its embedded codec's colorXform
// - WBMP is just Black/White
virtual bool usesColorXform() const { return true; }
void applyColorXform(void* dst, const void* src, int count) const;
bool colorXform() const { return fXformTime != kNo_XformTime; }
bool xformOnDecode() const { return fXformTime == kDecodeRow_XformTime; }
virtual int onGetFrameCount() {
return 1;
}
virtual bool onGetFrameInfo(int, FrameInfo*) const {
return false;
}
virtual int onGetRepetitionCount() {
return 0;
}
private:
const SkEncodedInfo fEncodedInfo;
const XformFormat fSrcXformFormat;
std::unique_ptr<SkStream> fStream;
bool fNeedsRewind;
const SkEncodedOrigin fOrigin;
SkImageInfo fDstInfo;
Options fOptions;
enum XformTime {
kNo_XformTime,
kPalette_XformTime,
kDecodeRow_XformTime,
};
XformTime fXformTime;
XformFormat fDstXformFormat; // Based on fDstInfo.
skcms_ICCProfile fDstProfile;
skcms_AlphaFormat fDstXformAlphaFormat;
// Only meaningful during scanline decodes.
int fCurrScanline;
bool fStartedIncrementalDecode;
bool initializeColorXform(const SkImageInfo& dstInfo, SkEncodedInfo::Alpha, bool srcIsOpaque);
/**
* Return whether these dimensions are supported as a scale.
*
* The codec may choose to cache the information about scale and subset.
* Either way, the same information will be passed to onGetPixels/onStart
* on success.
*
* This must return true for a size returned from getScaledDimensions.
*/
bool dimensionsSupported(const SkISize& dim) {
return dim == this->dimensions() || this->onDimensionsSupported(dim);
}
/**
* For multi-framed images, return the object with information about the frames.
*/
virtual const SkFrameHolder* getFrameHolder() const {
return nullptr;
}
/**
* Check for a valid Options.fFrameIndex, and decode prior frames if necessary.
*/
Result handleFrameIndex(const SkImageInfo&, void* pixels, size_t rowBytes, const Options&);
// Methods for scanline decoding.
virtual Result onStartScanlineDecode(const SkImageInfo& /*dstInfo*/,
const Options& /*options*/) {
return kUnimplemented;
}
virtual Result onStartIncrementalDecode(const SkImageInfo& /*dstInfo*/, void*, size_t,
const Options&) {
return kUnimplemented;
}
virtual Result onIncrementalDecode(int*) {
return kUnimplemented;
}
virtual bool onSkipScanlines(int /*countLines*/) { return false; }
virtual int onGetScanlines(void* /*dst*/, int /*countLines*/, size_t /*rowBytes*/) { return 0; }
/**
* On an incomplete decode, getPixels() and getScanlines() will call this function
* to fill any uinitialized memory.
*
* @param dstInfo Contains the destination color type
* Contains the destination alpha type
* Contains the destination width
* The height stored in this info is unused
* @param dst Pointer to the start of destination pixel memory
* @param rowBytes Stride length in destination pixel memory
* @param zeroInit Indicates if memory is zero initialized
* @param linesRequested Number of lines that the client requested
* @param linesDecoded Number of lines that were successfully decoded
*/
void fillIncompleteImage(const SkImageInfo& dstInfo, void* dst, size_t rowBytes,
ZeroInitialized zeroInit, int linesRequested, int linesDecoded);
/**
* Return an object which will allow forcing scanline decodes to sample in X.
*
* May create a sampler, if one is not currently being used. Otherwise, does
* not affect ownership.
*
* Only valid during scanline decoding or incremental decoding.
*/
virtual SkSampler* getSampler(bool /*createIfNecessary*/) { return nullptr; }
friend class DM::CodecSrc; // for fillIncompleteImage
friend class SkSampledCodec;
friend class SkIcoCodec;
friend class SkAndroidCodec; // for fEncodedInfo
};
#endif // SkCodec_DEFINED

43
skia/include/codec/SkCodecAnimation.h
View File

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2016 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkCodecAnimation_DEFINED
#define SkCodecAnimation_DEFINED
namespace SkCodecAnimation {
/**
* This specifies how the next frame is based on this frame.
*
* Names are based on the GIF 89a spec.
*
* The numbers correspond to values in a GIF.
*/
enum class DisposalMethod {
/**
* The next frame should be drawn on top of this one.
*
* In a GIF, a value of 0 (not specified) is also treated as Keep.
*/
kKeep = 1,
/**
* Similar to Keep, except the area inside this frame's rectangle
* should be cleared to the BackGround color (transparent) before
* drawing the next frame.
*/
kRestoreBGColor = 2,
/**
* The next frame should be drawn on top of the previous frame - i.e.
* disregarding this one.
*
* In a GIF, a value of 4 is also treated as RestorePrevious.
*/
kRestorePrevious = 3,
};
};
#endif // SkCodecAnimation_DEFINED

23
skia/include/codec/SkEncodedOrigin.h
View File

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2017 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkEncodedOrigin_DEFINED
#define SkEncodedOrigin_DEFINED
// These values match the orientation www.exif.org/Exif2-2.PDF.
enum SkEncodedOrigin {
kTopLeft_SkEncodedOrigin = 1, // Default
kTopRight_SkEncodedOrigin = 2, // Reflected across y-axis
kBottomRight_SkEncodedOrigin = 3, // Rotated 180
kBottomLeft_SkEncodedOrigin = 4, // Reflected across x-axis
kLeftTop_SkEncodedOrigin = 5, // Reflected across x-axis, Rotated 90 CCW
kRightTop_SkEncodedOrigin = 6, // Rotated 90 CW
kRightBottom_SkEncodedOrigin = 7, // Reflected across x-axis, Rotated 90 CW
kLeftBottom_SkEncodedOrigin = 8, // Rotated 90 CCW
kDefault_SkEncodedOrigin = kTopLeft_SkEncodedOrigin,
kLast_SkEncodedOrigin = kLeftBottom_SkEncodedOrigin,
};
#endif // SkEncodedOrigin_DEFINED

130
skia/include/config/SkUserConfig.h
View File

@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2006 The Android Open Source Project
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkUserConfig_DEFINED
#define SkUserConfig_DEFINED
/* SkTypes.h, the root of the public header files, does the following trick:
#include "SkPreConfig.h"
#include "SkUserConfig.h"
#include "SkPostConfig.h"
SkPreConfig.h runs first, and it is responsible for initializing certain
skia defines.
SkPostConfig.h runs last, and its job is to just check that the final
defines are consistent (i.e. that we don't have mutually conflicting
defines).
SkUserConfig.h (this file) runs in the middle. It gets to change or augment
the list of flags initially set in preconfig, and then postconfig checks
that everything still makes sense.
Below are optional defines that add, subtract, or change default behavior
in Skia. Your port can locally edit this file to enable/disable flags as
you choose, or these can be delared on your command line (i.e. -Dfoo).
By default, this include file will always default to having all of the flags
commented out, so including it will have no effect.
*/
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/* Skia has lots of debug-only code. Often this is just null checks or other
parameter checking, but sometimes it can be quite intrusive (e.g. check that
each 32bit pixel is in premultiplied form). This code can be very useful
during development, but will slow things down in a shipping product.
By default, these mutually exclusive flags are defined in SkPreConfig.h,
based on the presence or absence of NDEBUG, but that decision can be changed
here.
*/
//#define SK_DEBUG
//#define SK_RELEASE
/* Skia has certain debug-only code that is extremely intensive even for debug
builds. This code is useful for diagnosing specific issues, but is not
generally applicable, therefore it must be explicitly enabled to avoid
the performance impact. By default these flags are undefined, but can be
enabled by uncommenting them below.
*/
//#define SK_DEBUG_GLYPH_CACHE
//#define SK_DEBUG_PATH
/* preconfig will have attempted to determine the endianness of the system,
but you can change these mutually exclusive flags here.
*/
//#define SK_CPU_BENDIAN
//#define SK_CPU_LENDIAN
/* Most compilers use the same bit endianness for bit flags in a byte as the
system byte endianness, and this is the default. If for some reason this
needs to be overridden, specify which of the mutually exclusive flags to
use. For example, some atom processors in certain configurations have big
endian byte order but little endian bit orders.
*/
//#define SK_UINT8_BITFIELD_BENDIAN
//#define SK_UINT8_BITFIELD_LENDIAN
/* To write debug messages to a console, skia will call SkDebugf(...) following
printf conventions (e.g. const char* format, ...). If you want to redirect
this to something other than printf, define yours here
*/
//#define SkDebugf(...) MyFunction(__VA_ARGS__)
/*
* To specify a different default font cache limit, define this. If this is
* undefined, skia will use a built-in value.
*/
//#define SK_DEFAULT_FONT_CACHE_LIMIT (1024 * 1024)
/*
* To specify the default size of the image cache, undefine this and set it to
* the desired value (in bytes). SkGraphics.h as a runtime API to set this
* value as well. If this is undefined, a built-in value will be used.
*/
//#define SK_DEFAULT_IMAGE_CACHE_LIMIT (1024 * 1024)
/* Define this to set the upper limit for text to support LCD. Values that
are very large increase the cost in the font cache and draw slower, without
improving readability. If this is undefined, Skia will use its default
value (e.g. 48)
*/
//#define SK_MAX_SIZE_FOR_LCDTEXT 48
/* Change the ordering to work in X windows.
*/
#ifdef SK_SAMPLES_FOR_X
#define SK_R32_SHIFT 16
#define SK_G32_SHIFT 8
#define SK_B32_SHIFT 0
#define SK_A32_SHIFT 24
#endif
/* Determines whether to build code that supports the GPU backend. Some classes
that are not GPU-specific, such as SkShader subclasses, have optional code
that is used allows them to interact with the GPU backend. If you'd like to
omit this code set SK_SUPPORT_GPU to 0. This also allows you to omit the gpu
directories from your include search path when you're not building the GPU
backend. Defaults to 1 (build the GPU code).
*/
//#define SK_SUPPORT_GPU 1
/* Skia makes use of histogram logging macros to trace the frequency of
* events. By default, Skia provides no-op versions of these macros.
* Skia consumers can provide their own definitions of these macros to
* integrate with their histogram collection backend.
*/
//#define SK_HISTOGRAM_BOOLEAN(name, value)
//#define SK_HISTOGRAM_ENUMERATION(name, value, boundary_value)
#endif

50
skia/include/core/SkAnnotation.h
View File

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2012 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkAnnotation_DEFINED
#define SkAnnotation_DEFINED
#include "SkTypes.h"
class SkData;
struct SkPoint;
struct SkRect;
class SkCanvas;
/**
* Annotate the canvas by associating the specified URL with the
* specified rectangle (in local coordinates, just like drawRect).
*
* If the backend of this canvas does not support annotations, this call is
* safely ignored.
*
* The caller is responsible for managing its ownership of the SkData.
*/
SK_API void SkAnnotateRectWithURL(SkCanvas*, const SkRect&, SkData*);
/**
* Annotate the canvas by associating a name with the specified point.
*
* If the backend of this canvas does not support annotations, this call is
* safely ignored.
*
* The caller is responsible for managing its ownership of the SkData.
*/
SK_API void SkAnnotateNamedDestination(SkCanvas*, const SkPoint&, SkData*);
/**
* Annotate the canvas by making the specified rectangle link to a named
* destination.
*
* If the backend of this canvas does not support annotations, this call is
* safely ignored.
*
* The caller is responsible for managing its ownership of the SkData.
*/
SK_API void SkAnnotateLinkToDestination(SkCanvas*, const SkRect&, SkData*);
#endif

31
skia/include/core/SkBBHFactory.h
View File

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be
* found in the LICENSE file.
*/
#ifndef SkBBHFactory_DEFINED
#define SkBBHFactory_DEFINED
#include "SkTypes.h"
class SkBBoxHierarchy;
struct SkRect;
class SK_API SkBBHFactory {
public:
/**
* Allocate a new SkBBoxHierarchy. Return NULL on failure.
*/
virtual SkBBoxHierarchy* operator()(const SkRect& bounds) const = 0;
virtual ~SkBBHFactory() {}
};
class SK_API SkRTreeFactory : public SkBBHFactory {
public:
SkBBoxHierarchy* operator()(const SkRect& bounds) const override;
private:
typedef SkBBHFactory INHERITED;
};
#endif

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More